Annual Statements Open main menu

HILLS BANCORPORATION - Annual Report: 2013 (Form 10-K)


UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K
 
x  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.
 
Commission File Number 0-12668
HILLS BANCORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Iowa
 
42-1208067
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
 
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
 
131 Main Street, Hills, Iowa 52235
(Address of principal executive offices)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (319) 679-2291
Securities Registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:  None
Securities Registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:

No par value common stock
Title of Class

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes o No þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes o No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes þ No­­­ o

Indicate by checkmark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes þ No­­ o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Registrant S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained to the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer þ Non-accelerated filer o Smaller Reporting Company o

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   Yes oNo þ

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2013, based on the most recent sale price of $70.75 per share, and 3,932,430 shares held was $278,219,423.  Common stock held by non-affiliates excludes 800,470 shares held by directors, executive officers, and under the Registrant’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan.

The number of shares outstanding of the Registrant's common stock as of February 28, 2014 is 4,726,589 shares of no par value common stock.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Proxy Statement dated March 21, 2014 for the Annual Meeting of the Shareholders of the Registrant to be held April 21, 2014 (the Proxy Statement) are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.
 


HILLS BANCORPORATION
FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
Page
 
PART I
 
Item 1.
3
 
3
 
7
 
8
 
9
Item 1A.
16
Item 1B.
22
Item 2.
22
Item 3.
22
Item 4.
22
 
 
 
 
PART II
 
Item 5.
23
Item 6.
26
Item 7.
27
Item 7A.
53
Item 8.
56
Item 9.
118
Item 9A.
118
Item 9B.
118
 
 
 
 
PART III
 
Item 10.
119
Item 11.
119
Item 12.
120
Item 13.
120
Item 14.
120
 
 
 
 
PART IV
 
Item 15.
121

PART I

References in this report to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Bank,” or the “Company” or similar terms refer to Hills Bancorporation and its subsidiary.

Item 1. Business

GENERAL

Hills Bancorporation (the "Company") is a holding company principally engaged, through its subsidiary bank, in the business of banking.  The Company was incorporated December 12, 1982 and all operations are conducted within the state of Iowa.  The Company became owner of 100% of the outstanding stock of Hills Bank and Trust Company, Hills, Iowa (“Hills Bank and Trust” or the “Bank”) as of January 23, 1984 when stockholders of Hills Bank and Trust exchanged their shares for shares of the Company.  Effective July 1, 1996, the Company formed a new subsidiary, Hills Bank, which acquired for cash all the outstanding shares of a bank in Lisbon, Iowa.  Subsequently an office of Hills Bank was opened in Mount Vernon, Iowa, a community that is contiguous to Lisbon.  Effective November 17, 2000, Hills Bank was merged into Hills Bank and Trust.  On September 20, 1996, another subsidiary, Hills Bank Kalona, acquired cash and other assets and assumed the deposits of the Kalona, Iowa office of Boatmen's Bank Iowa, N.A.  Effective October 26, 2001, Hills Bank Kalona was merged into Hills Bank and Trust.

Through its internet website (www.hillsbank.com), the Company makes available the Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, all amendments to those reports, and other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed or furnished.

The Bank is a full-service commercial bank extending its services to individuals, businesses, governmental units and institutional customers.  The Bank is actively engaged in all areas of commercial banking, including acceptance of demand, savings and time deposits; making commercial, real estate, agricultural and consumer loans; maintaining night and safe deposit facilities; and performing collection, exchange and other banking services tailored for individual customers.  The Bank administers estates, personal trusts, and pension plans and provides farm management, investment advisory and custodial services for individuals, corporations and nonprofit organizations.  In addition, the Bank earns substantial fees from originating mortgages that are sold in the secondary residential real estate market without mortgage servicing rights being retained.

Lending Activities

Real Estate Loans

Real estate loans totaled $1.513 billion and comprised 82.84% of the Bank’s loan portfolio as of December 31, 2013.  The Bank’s real estate loans include construction loans and mortgage loans.

Mortgage Loans.  The Bank offers residential, commercial and agricultural real estate loans.  As of December 31, 2013, mortgage loans totaled $1.413 billion and comprised 77.39% of the Bank’s loan portfolio.

Residential real estate loans totaled $711.47 million and were 38.95% of the Bank’s loan portfolio as of December 31, 2013.  These loans include first and junior liens on 1 to 4 family residences.  The Bank originates 1 to 4 family mortgage loans to individuals and businesses within its trade area.  The Bank sells certain mortgage loans to third parties on the secondary market.  For the loans sold on the secondary market the Bank does not retain any percentage of ownership or servicing rights.  Interest rates for residential real estate mortgages are determined by competitive pricing factors on the secondary market and within the Bank’s trade area.  Collateral for residential real estate mortgages is generally the underlying property.  Generally, repayment of these loans is from monthly principal and interest payments from the borrower’s personal cash flows and liquidity, and collateral values are a function of residential real estate values in the markets that the Bank serves.
Item 1. Business (Continued)

Commercial real estate loans totaled $315.19 million and were 17.26% of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2013.  The Bank originates loans for commercial properties to individuals and businesses within its trade area.  The primary source of repayment is the cash flow generated by the collateral underlying the loan.  The secondary repayment source would be the liquidation of the collateral.  Terms for commercial real estate loans range from one to five years with an amortization period of 25 years or less.  The Bank offers both fixed and variable rate loans for commercial real estate.

Multi-family real estate loans totaled $244.09 million and were 13.37% of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2013.  Multi-family real estate loans are made to individuals and businesses in the Bank’s trade area.  These loans are primarily secured by properties such as apartment complexes.  The primary source of repayment is the cash flow generated by the collateral underlying the loan.  The secondary repayment source would be the liquidation of the collateral.  Terms for commercial real estate loans range from one to five years with an amortization period of 25 years or less.  Generally, interest rates for multi-family loans are fixed for the loan term.

Mortgage loans secured by farmland totaled $142.69 million and were 7.81% of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2013.  Loans for farmland are made to individuals and businesses within the Bank’s trade area.  The primary source of repayment is the cash flow generated by the collateral underlying the loan.  The secondary repayment source would be the liquidation of the collateral.  Terms for real estate loans secured by farmland range from one to ten years with an amortization period of 25 years or less.  Generally, interest rates are fixed for mortgage loans secured by farmland.

Construction Loans.  The Bank offers loans both to individuals that are constructing personal residences and to real estate developers and building contractors for the acquisition of land for development and the construction of homes and commercial properties.  The Bank makes these loans to established borrowers in the Bank’s trade area.  Construction loans generally have a term of one year or less, with interest payable at maturity.  Interest rate arrangements are variable for construction projects.  Generally, collateral for construction loans is the underlying construction project.

As of December 31, 2013, construction loans for personal residences totaled $30.31 million and were 1.66% of the Bank’s loan portfolio.  Construction loans for land development and commercial projects totaled $69.18 million and were 3.79% of the Bank’s loan portfolio.  In total, construction loans totaled $99.49 million and were 5.45% of the Bank’s loan portfolio as of December 31, 2013.

Commercial and Financial Loans

The Bank’s commercial and financial loan portfolio totaled $166.10 million and comprised 9.10% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2013.  The Bank’s commercial and financial loans include loans to contractors, retailers and other businesses.  The Bank provides a wide range of business loans, including lines of credit for working capital and operational purposes and term loans for the acquisition of equipment.  Although most loans are made on a secured basis, loans may be made on an unsecured basis where warranted by the overall financial condition of the borrower.  Terms of commercial and financial loans generally range from one to five years.  Interest rates for commercial loans can be fixed or variable.

The Bank’s commercial and financial loans are primarily made based on the reported cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower.  The collateral support provided by the borrower for most of these loans and the probability of repayment is based on the liquidation of the pledged collateral and enforcement of personal guarantees, if applicable.  The primary repayment risks of commercial loans are that the cash flows of the borrower may be unpredictable, and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value.
Item 1. Business (Continued)

Agricultural Loans

Agricultural loans include loans made to finance agricultural production and other loans to farmers and farming operations.  These loans totaled $82.14 million and constituted 4.50% of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2013.  Agricultural loans, most of which are secured by crops and machinery, are provided to finance capital improvement and farm operations as well as acquisitions of livestock and machinery.  The ability of the borrower to repay may be affected by many factors outside of the borrower’s control including adverse weather conditions, loss of livestock due to disease or other factors, declines in market prices for agricultural products and the impact of government regulations.  The ultimate repayment of agricultural loans is dependent upon the profitable operation or management of the agricultural entity.  Agricultural loans generally have a term of one year and may have a fixed or variable rate.

Consumer Lending

The Bank offers consumer loans including personal loans and automobile loans.  These consumer loans typically have shorter terms and lower balances.  At December 31, 2013, consumer loans totaled $19.82 million and were 1.09% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.

Loans to State and Political Subdivisions

Loans to State and Political Subdivisions include only tax-exempt loans. These loans totaled $45.17 million and comprised 2.47% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio at December 31, 2013.

Deposit Activities

The Bank’s primary funding source for its loan portfolio and other investments consist of the acceptance of demand savings and time deposits.

Item 1. Business (Continued)

Average Daily Balances
The following tables show (1) average balances of assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity, (2) interest income and expense on a tax equivalent basis, (3) interest rates and interest differential and (4) changes in interest income and expense.

AVERAGE BALANCES
(Average Daily Basis)
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
ASSETS
 
   
   
 
Noninterest-bearing cash and cash equivalents
 
$
25,785
   
$
26,831
   
$
24,230
 
Interest-bearing cash and cash equivalents
   
29,047
     
52,724
     
27,679
 
Taxable securities
   
99,535
     
101,199
     
107,541
 
Nontaxable securities
   
132,688
     
118,008
     
110,921
 
Federal funds sold
   
19
     
18
     
57
 
Loans, net
   
1,738,960
     
1,677,642
     
1,613,844
 
Property and equipment, net
   
30,238
     
30,986
     
27,630
 
Other assets
   
46,306
     
55,007
     
57,564
 
 
 
$
2,102,578
   
$
2,062,415
   
$
1,969,466
 
 
                       
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                       
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
 
$
241,697
   
$
225,284
   
$
205,728
 
Interest-bearing demand deposits
   
376,940
     
321,225
     
274,060
 
Savings deposits
   
481,108
     
419,098
     
394,750
 
Time deposits
   
559,687
     
611,260
     
630,276
 
Short-term borrowings
   
36,580
     
46,192
     
51,391
 
FHLB borrowings
   
125,000
     
173,900
     
187,043
 
Noninterest-bearing other liabilities
   
15,686
     
16,608
     
17,980
 
Interest-bearing other liabilities
   
2,740
     
2,805
     
2,868
 
Redeemable common stock held by Employee Stock Ownership Plan
   
30,145
     
29,271
     
26,386
 
Stockholders' equity
   
232,995
     
216,772
     
178,984
 
 
 
$
2,102,578
   
$
2,062,415
   
$
1,969,466
 
 
Other Information

The Bank’s business is not seasonal.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company had no employees and the Bank had 367 full-time and 54 part-time employees.

For additional discussion of the impact of the economy on the financial condition and results of operations of the Company, see Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Item 1. Business (Continued)

MARKET AREA

Johnson County

The Bank’s trade area includes the Johnson County communities of Iowa City, Coralville, Hills and North Liberty, located near Interstate 80 and Interstate 380 in Eastern Iowa.  These communities have a combined population of approximately 102,500.  Johnson County, Iowa has a population of approximately 134,000.  The University of Iowa in Iowa City has approximately 31,100 students and 34,900 full and part-time employees, including 7,500 employees of The University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics.

Linn County

The Bank operates offices in the Linn County, Iowa communities of Lisbon, Marion, Mount Vernon and Cedar Rapids, Iowa.  Lisbon has a population of approximately 2,300 and Mount Vernon, located two miles from Lisbon, has a population of about 4,500.  Both communities are within easy commuting distances to Cedar Rapids and Iowa City, Iowa.  Cedar Rapids has a metropolitan population of approximately 164,100, including approximately 35,600 from adjoining Marion, Iowa and is located approximately 10 miles west of Lisbon, Iowa and approximately 25 miles north of Iowa City on Interstate 380.  The total population of Linn County is approximately 215,500.  The largest employer in the Cedar Rapids area is Rockwell Collins, Inc., manufacturer of communications instruments, with over 9,200 employees.

Washington County

The Bank has offices located in Kalona and Wellman, Iowa, which are in Washington County.  Kalona is located approximately 20 miles south of Iowa City.  Wellman is located approximately 5 miles west of Kalona.  Kalona has a population of approximately 2,500 and Wellman has a population of about 1,400.  The population of Washington County is approximately 21,900.  Both Kalona and Wellman are primarily agricultural communities, but are located within easy driving distance for employment in Iowa City, Coralville and North Liberty (combined population 102,500) and Washington, Iowa (population 7,300).  The Bank intends to open an office in Washington, Iowa by March, 2015.
Item 1. Business (Continued)
 
COMPETITION

Competition among financial institutions in attracting and retaining deposits and making loans is intense.  Traditionally, the Company’s most direct competition for deposits has come from commercial banks, savings institutions and credit unions doing business in its areas of operation.  Increasingly, the Company has experienced additional competition for deposits from nonbanking sources, such as securities firms, insurance companies, money market mutual funds and financial services subsidiaries of commercial and manufacturing companies.  Competition for loans comes primarily from other commercial banks, savings institutions, consumer finance companies, credit unions, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies and other institutional lenders.  The Company competes primarily on the basis of products offered, customer service and price.  A number of institutions with which the Company competes enjoy the benefits of fewer regulatory constraints and lower cost structures including favorable income tax treatments.  Some have greater assets and capital than the Company does and, thus, are better able to compete on the basis of price than the Company is.  Technological advances, which may diminish the importance of depository institutions and other financial intermediaries in the transfer of funds between parties, could make it more difficult for the Company to compete in the future.

The Bank is in direct competition for loans and deposits and financial services with a number of other banks and credit unions in Johnson, Linn and Washington County.  A comparison of the number of office locations and deposits in the three counties as of June, 2013 (most recent date of available data from the FDIC and national credit union websites) is as follows:

 
 
Johnson County
   
Linn County
   
Washington County
 
 
 
Offices
   
Deposits
(in millions)
   
Offices
   
Deposits
(in millions)
   
Offices
   
Deposits
(in millions)
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Hills Bank and Trust Company
   
9
   
$
1,188
     
6
   
$
344
     
2
   
$
110
 
Branches of largest competing national bank
   
7
     
252
     
9
     
852
     
1
     
26
 
Largest competing independent bank
   
7
     
580
     
8
     
546
     
2
     
189
 
Largest competing credit union (1)
   
5
     
1,590
     
8
     
637
     
1
     
1
 
All other bank and credit union offices
   
29
     
646
     
77
     
2,978
     
8
     
211
 
Total Market in County
   
57
   
$
4,256
     
108
   
$
5,357
     
14
   
$
537
 

(1) Deposit balance of the largest competing credit union in Johnson County includes the credit union’s deposit balance for its entire trade area.  County specific deposit balances for the credit union are unavailable.

Item 1. Business (Continued)

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

Financial institutions and their holding companies are extensively regulated under federal and state law. As a result, the growth and earnings performance of the Company can be affected not only by management decisions and general economic conditions but also by the requirements of applicable state and federal statutes and regulations and the policies of various governmental regulatory authorities, including the Iowa Superintendent of Banking (the “Superintendent”), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”), the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities and the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).  The effect of applicable statutes, regulations and regulatory policies can be significant and cannot be predicted with a high degree of certainty.

Federal and state laws and regulations generally applicable to financial institutions regulate, among other things, the scope of business, investments, reserves against deposits, capital levels relative to operations, the nature and amount of collateral for loans, the establishment of branches, mergers, consolidations and dividends.  The system of supervision and regulation applicable to the Company and its subsidiary Bank establishes a comprehensive framework for their respective operations and is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC’s deposit insurance funds and the depositors, rather than the stockholders, of financial institutions.  The enforcement powers available to federal and state banking regulators are substantial and include, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders and to initiate injunctive actions.

The following is a summary of the material elements of the regulatory framework applicable to the Company and its subsidiary Bank.  It does not describe all of the statutes, regulations and regulatory policies that apply, nor does it restate all of the requirements of the statutes, regulations and regulatory policies that are described.  As such, the following is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable statutes, regulations and regulatory policies.  Any change in applicable law, regulations or regulatory policies may have a material effect on the business of the Company and its subsidiary Bank.

Regulation of the Company

General.  The Company, as the sole shareholder of the Bank, is a bank holding company.  As a bank holding company, the Company is registered with, and is subject to regulation by, the Federal Reserve under the Bank Holding Company Act, as amended (the “BHCA”). According to Federal Reserve Board policy, bank/financial holding companies are expected to act as a source of financial strength to each subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support each such subsidiary. This support may be required at times when a bank/financial holding company may not be able to provide support. Under the BHCA, the Company is subject to periodic examination by the Federal Reserve.  The Company is also required to file with the Federal Reserve periodic reports of the Company’s operations and such additional information regarding the Company and its subsidiary as the Federal Reserve may require.

Investments and Activities.  Under the BHCA, a bank holding company must obtain Federal Reserve approval before: (i) acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company if, after the acquisition, it would own or control more than 5% of the shares of the other bank or bank holding company (unless it already owns or controls the majority of such shares), (ii) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or (iii) merging or consolidating with another bank holding company.  Subject to certain conditions (including certain deposit concentration limits established by the BHCA), the Federal Reserve may allow a bank holding company to acquire banks located in any state of the United States without regard to whether the acquisition is prohibited by the law of the state in which the target bank is located.  On approving interstate acquisitions, however, the Federal Reserve is required to give effect to applicable state law limitations on the aggregate amount of deposits that may be held by the acquiring bank holding company and its insured depository institution affiliates in the state in which the target bank is located (provided that those limits do not discriminate against out-of-state depository institutions or their holding companies) and state laws which require that the target bank have been in existence for a minimum period of time (not to exceed five years) before being acquired by an out-of-state bank holding company.
Item 1. Business (Continued)

Investments and Activities (Continued) The BHCA also generally prohibits the Company from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company which is not a bank and from engaging in any business other than that of banking, managing and controlling banks or furnishing services to banks and their subsidiaries.  This general prohibition is subject to a number of exceptions.  The principal exception allows bank holding companies to engage in, and to own shares of companies engaged in, certain businesses found by the Federal Reserve to be “so closely related to banking . . . as to be a proper incident thereto.”  Under current regulations of the Federal Reserve, the Company either directly or through non-bank subsidiaries would be permitted to engage in a variety of banking-related businesses, including the operation of a thrift, sales and consumer finance, equipment leasing, the operation of a computer service bureau (including software development) and mortgage banking and brokerage.  The BHCA generally does not place territorial restrictions on the domestic activities of non-bank subsidiaries of bank holding companies.

Federal law also prohibits any person from acquiring “control” of a bank holding company without prior notice to the appropriate federal bank regulator.  “Control” is defined in certain cases as the acquisition of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of a bank or a bank holding company depending on the circumstances surrounding the acquisition.

Regulatory Capital Requirements.  Bank holding companies are required to maintain minimum levels of capital in accordance with Federal Reserve capital adequacy guidelines.  If capital falls below minimum guideline levels, a bank holding company, among other things, may be denied approval to acquire or establish additional banks or non-bank businesses.

The Federal Reserve’s capital guidelines establish the following minimum regulatory capital requirements for bank holding companies: a risk-based requirement expressed as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets, and a leverage requirement expressed as a percentage of total assets. The risk-based requirement consists of a minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8%, at least one-half of which must be Tier 1 capital (common stockholder’s equity, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and minority interest in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries), and the remainder may be Tier II supplementary capital (perpetual debt, intermediate-term preferred stock, cumulative perpetual, long-term and convertible preferred stock, and loan loss reserve up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets).  The leverage requirement consists of a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 4%.  Total risk-weighted assets are determined by weighting the assets according to their risk characteristics.

The risk-based and leverage standards described above are minimum requirements.  Higher capital levels will be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual banking organizations.  For example, the Federal Reserve’s capital guidelines contemplate that additional capital may be required to take adequate account of, among other things, interest rate risk, or the risks posed by concentration of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading activities.  Further, any banking organization experiencing or anticipating significant growth would be expected to maintain capital ratios (i.e., Tier 1 capital less all intangible assets), well above the minimum levels.  Current Federal Reserve minimum requirements for a well-capitalized organization experiencing significant growth are a leverage ratio of 5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% and total risk-based capital ratio of 10%.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company had regulatory capital in excess of the Federal Reserve’s minimum and well-capitalized definition requirements, with a leverage ratio of 12.57%, with total Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 16.19% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 17.44%.

In July 2013, the Officer of the Comptroller of the Currency and Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System adopted a final rule implementing agreements reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in “Basel III: A Global Regulatory Framework for More Resilient Banks and Banking Systems”(BASEL III).   The final rule also adopts changes to the agencies’ regulatory capital requirements that meet the requirements of section 171 and section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.  The rule implements a revised definition of regulatory capital, a new 4.50% common equity tier 1 minimum capital requirement, a 6.00% tier 1 capital requirement, and a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.00%.   The Company expects to remain categorized as well capitalized under the final rule when it becomes effective on January 1, 2015.
Item 1. Business (Continued)

Dividends.  The ability of the Company to pay dividends to its shareholders is dependent upon the earnings and capital adequacy of its subsidiary Bank, which directly impact the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company.  The Bank is subject to certain statutory and regulatory restrictions on the amount it may pay in dividends.  The Iowa Business Corporation Act (“IBCA”) allows the Company to make distributions, including cash dividends, to its shareholders unless, after giving effect to such distributions, either (i) the Company would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the ordinary course of business or (ii) the Company’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus the amount that would be needed to satisfy preferential shareholder rights, if any, that are superior to the rights of those receiving the distribution.  Additionally, the Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement with regard to the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies.  The policy statement provides that a bank holding company should not pay cash dividends which exceed its net income or which can only be funded in ways that weaken the bank holding company’s financial health, such as by borrowing.  The Federal Reserve also possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations.  Among these powers is the ability to proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding companies.

Federal Securities Regulation.  The Company’s common stock is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Consequently, the Company is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading and other restrictions and requirements of the SEC under the Exchange Act.

Regulation of the Bank

General. The Bank is an Iowa-chartered bank, the deposit accounts of which are insured by the FDIC.  As an Iowa-chartered, FDIC insured bank, the Bank is subject to the examination, supervision, reporting and enforcement requirements of the Superintendent of Banking of the State of Iowa (the “Superintendent”), as the chartering authority for Iowa banks, and the FDIC, as the Bank’s primary federal regulator.

Deposit Insurance. The deposits of the Bank are insured up to regulatory limits set by the FDIC, and, accordingly in 2013, were subject to deposit insurance assessments based on the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005, as adopted and effective on April 21, 2006.  The FDIC maintains the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) by assessing depository institutions an insurance premium (assessment).  The amount assessed to each institution is based on the average total assets of the Company less average tangible equity as well as the degree of risk the institution poses to the DIF.  The FDIC assesses higher rates to those institutions that pose greater risks to the insurance fund.

In addition, all institutions with deposits insured by the FDIC are required to pay assessments to fund interest payments on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation (FICO), a mixed-ownership government corporation established in the 1980’s to recapitalize the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation.  The current annualized assessment rate is 0.62 basis points, or approximately 0.155 basis points per quarter.  These assessments will continue until the FICO bonds mature in 2019.
Item 1. Business (Continued)

Capital Requirements.  The Bank is an insured state bank, incorporated under the laws of the state of Iowa.  As such, the Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and periodic examination by the Superintendent of Banking of the State of Iowa (the “Superintendent”).  Among the requirements and restrictions imposed upon state banks by the Superintendent are the requirements to maintain reserves against deposits, restrictions on the nature and amount of loans, and restrictions relating to investments, opening of bank offices and other activities of state banks.  Changes in the capital structure of state banks are also approved by the Superintendent.  State banks must have a Tier 1 risk-based leverage ratio of 6.5% plus a fully funded loan loss reserve. In certain instances, the Superintendent may mandate higher capital, but the Superintendent has not imposed such a requirement on the Bank.  In determining the Tier 1 risk-based leverage ratio, the Superintendent uses total equity capital without unrealized securities gains and the allowance for loan losses less any intangible assets.   At December 31, 2013, the Tier 1 risk-based leverage ratio of the Bank was 12.51% and exceeded the ratio required by the Superintendent.

Capital adequacy for banks took on an added dimension with the establishment of a formal system of prompt corrective action under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA) which provides the federal banking regulators of the Bank with broad power to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized banking institutions.  The extent of the regulators’ powers depends on whether the institution in question is “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized,” in each case as defined by regulation.  Under prompt corrective action, banks that are inadequately capitalized face a variety of mandatory and discretionary supervisory actions.  For example, “undercapitalized banks” must restrict asset growth, obtain prior approval for business expansion, and have an approved plan to restore capital.  “Critically undercapitalized banks” must be placed in receivership or conservatorship within 90 days unless some other action would result in lower long-term costs to the deposit insurance fund.

The actual amounts of risk-based capital and risk-based capital ratios as of December 31, 2013 and the minimum regulatory requirements for the Company and The Bank are presented below (amounts in thousands):

 
 
   
   
   
To Be Well
 
 
 
   
   
For Capital
   
Capitalized Under
 
 
 
   
   
Adequacy
   
Prompt Corrective
 
 
 
Actual
   
Purposes
   
Action Provisions
 
 
 
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Ratio
   
Ratio
 
As of December 31, 2013:
 
   
   
   
 
Company:
 
   
   
   
 
Total risk-based capital
 
$
290,121
     
17.44
%
   
8.00
%
   
10.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital
   
269,272
     
16.19
     
4.00
     
6.00
 
Leverage ratio
   
269,272
     
12.57
     
4.00
     
5.00
 
Bank:
                               
Total risk-based capital
   
288,875
     
17.37
     
8.00
     
10.00
 
Tier 1 risk-based capital
   
268,031
     
16.12
     
4.00
     
6.00
 
Leverage ratio
   
268,031
     
12.51
     
4.00
     
5.00
 


Supervisory Assessments.  All Iowa banks are required to pay supervisory assessments to the Superintendent to fund the Superintendent’s examination and supervision operations.  Effective July 1, 2002, the Superintendent changed the method of computation of the supervisory assessment from billing for each state examination completed based on an hourly rate, to billing on an annual basis based on the assets of the bank, the expected hours needed to conduct examinations of that size bank and an additional amount if more work is required.
Item 1. Business (Continued)

Community Investment and Consumer Protection Laws.  The Community Reinvestment Act requires insured institutions to offer credit products and take other actions that respond to the credit needs of the community.  Banks and other depository institutions also are subject to numerous consumer-oriented laws and regulations.  These laws include the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the Fair Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Debt Collection Act and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (“Dodd-Frank Act”) signed by the President on July 21, 2010 posed a significant impact on financial regulations.  The Dodd-Frank Act created an independent regulatory body, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (“Bureau”), with authority and responsibility to set rules and regulations for most consumer protection laws applicable to all banks – large and small - adds another regulator to scrutinize and police financial activities.    Transfer to the Bureau of all consumer financial protection functions for designated laws by the other federal agencies was completed on July 21, 2011.   The Bureau has responsibility for mortgage reform and enforcement, as well as broad new powers over consumer financial activities which could impact what consumer financial services would be available and how they are provided.   The following consumer protection laws are the designated laws that will fall under the Bureau’s rulemaking authority:  the Alternative Mortgage Transactions Parity Act of 1928, the Consumer Leasing Act of 1976, the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act subject to certain exclusions, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Home Owners Protection Act, certain privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (HMDA), the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (RESPA), the S.A.F.E. Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008 (SAFE Act), and the Truth in Lending Act.

The Bureau has issued a Notice regarding the Streamlining of Inherited Regulations.  Suggestions from the public are requested regarding the streamlining of regulations inherited from the other Federal agencies due to the transfer of authority.  The notice also sought suggestions for practical measures that would make complying with the regulations easier.  In addition to the Notice of Streamlining of Inherited Regulations, the Bureau is currently republishing the regulations implementing the consumer financial protection laws.   Issuance of Interim Final Rules for each regulation with a request for public comment provide for technical and conforming changes to reflect the transfer of authority and certain other non-substantive changes to the regulations made by the Dodd-Frank Act.   Review and revision of current financial regulations in conjunction with added new financial service regulations will heighten the regulatory compliance burden and increase litigation risk for the banking industry.

Dividends.  The Iowa Banking Act provides that an Iowa bank may not pay dividends in an amount greater than its undivided profits. The payment of dividends by any financial institution or its holding company is affected by the requirement to maintain adequate capital pursuant to applicable capital adequacy guidelines and regulations, and a financial institution generally is prohibited from paying any dividends if, following payment thereof, the institution would be undercapitalized.  As described above, the Bank exceeded its minimum capital requirements under applicable guidelines as of December 31, 2013.  Notwithstanding the availability of funds for dividends, however, the Superintendent may prohibit the payment of any dividends by the Bank if the Superintendent determines such payment would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.  The ability of the Company to pay dividends to its stockholders is dependent upon dividends paid by the Bank.  The Bank is subject to certain statutory and regulatory restrictions on the amount it may pay in dividends.  To maintain acceptable capital ratios in the Bank, certain of its retained earnings are not available for the payment of dividends.  To maintain a ratio of total risk-based capital to assets of 8%, $96.58 million of the Bank’s Tier 1 capital of $268.03 million as of December 31, 2013 are available for the payment of dividends to the Company.
Item 1. Business (Continued)

Insider Transactions.  The Bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal law on extensions of credit to the Company and its subsidiary, on investments in the stock or other securities of the Company and its subsidiary and the acceptance of the stock or other securities of the Company or its subsidiary as collateral for loans.  Certain limitations and reporting requirements are also placed on extensions of credit by the Bank to its directors and officers, to directors and officers of the Company and its subsidiary, to principal stockholders of the Company, and to “related interests” of such directors, officers and principal stockholders.  In addition, federal law and regulations may affect the terms upon which any person becoming a director or officer of the Company or one of its subsidiaries or a principal stockholder of the Company may obtain credit from banks with which the Bank maintains a correspondent relationship.

Safety and Soundness Standards.  The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines that establish operational and managerial standards to promote the safety and soundness of federally insured depository institutions.  The guidelines set forth standards for internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, asset quality and earnings.

In general, the safety and soundness guidelines prescribe the goals to be achieved in each area, and each institution is responsible for establishing its own procedures to achieve those goals.  If an institution fails to comply with any of the standards set forth in the guidelines, the institution’s primary federal regulator may require the institution to submit a plan for achieving and maintaining compliance.  If an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan, or fails in any material respect to implement a compliance plan that has been accepted by its primary federal regulator, the regulator is required to issue an order directing the institution to cure the deficiency.  Until the deficiency cited in the regulator’s order is cured, the regulator may restrict the institution’s rate of growth, require the institution to increase its capital, restrict the rates the institution pays on deposits or require the institution to take any action the regulator deems appropriate under the circumstances.  Noncompliance with the standards established by the safety and soundness guidelines may also constitute grounds for other enforcement action by the federal banking regulators, including cease and desist orders and civil money penalty assessments.

Branching Authority.  Historically, Iowa’s intrastate branching statutes have been rather restrictive when compared with those of other states.  Effective July 1, 2004, all limitations on bank office locations were repealed, which effectively allowed statewide branching.  Since that date, banks have been allowed to establish an unlimited number of offices in any location in Iowa subject only to regulatory approval.

Under the Riegle-Neal Act, both state and national banks are allowed to establish interstate branch networks through acquisitions of other banks, subject to certain conditions, including certain limitations on the aggregate amount of deposits that may be held by the surviving bank and all of its insured depository institution affiliates.  The establishment of new interstate branches or the acquisition of individual branches of a bank in another state (rather than the acquisition of an out-of-state bank in its entirety) is allowed by the Riegle-Neal Act only if specifically authorized by state law.  The legislation allowed individual states to “opt-out” of certain provisions of the Riegle-Neal Act by enacting appropriate legislation prior to June 1, 1997.  Iowa permits interstate bank mergers, subject to certain restrictions, including a prohibition against interstate mergers involving an Iowa bank that has been in existence and continuous operation for fewer than five years.

State Bank Activities.  Under federal law and FDIC regulations, FDIC insured state banks are prohibited, subject to certain exceptions, from making or retaining equity investments of a type, or in an amount, that are not permissible for a national bank.  Federal law and FDIC regulations also prohibit FDIC insured state banks and their subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, from engaging as principal in any activity that is not permitted for a national bank or its subsidiary, respectively, unless the Bank meets, and continues to meet, its minimum regulatory capital requirements and the FDIC determines the activity would not pose a significant risk to the deposit insurance fund of which the Bank is a member.  These restrictions have not had, and are not currently expected to have, a material impact on the operations of the Bank.
Item 1. Business (Continued)

Financial Privacy.  In accordance with the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”), federal banking regulators adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties.  These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a nonaffiliated third party.  The privacy provisions of the GLB Act affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors.

Anti-Money Laundering Initiatives and the USA Patriot Act.  A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing.  The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”) substantially broadened the scope of United States anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States.  The U. S. Treasury Department has issued a number of regulations that apply various requirements of the USA Patriot Act to financial institutions such as the Bank.  These regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers.  Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.

Depositor Preference Statute.  In the "liquidation or other resolution" of an institution by any receiver, U.S. federal legislation provides that deposits and certain claims for administrative expenses and employee compensation against the insured depository institution would be afforded a priority over general unsecured claims against that institution, including federal funds and letters of credit.

Government Monetary Policy. The earnings of the Company are affected primarily by general economic conditions and to a lesser extent by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve.  Its policies influence, to some degree, the volume of bank loans and deposits, and interest rates charged and paid thereon, and thus have an effect on the earnings of the Company's subsidiary Bank.

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.  The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law on July 21, 2010.  The Dodd-Frank Act represents the most sweeping financial services industry reform since the 1930s.  Generally, the Dodd-Frank Act is effective the day after it was signed into law, but different effective dates apply to specific sections of the Dodd-Frank Act.  The Dodd-Frank Act is expected to be fully phased in over twelve years.  Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act may result in added costs of doing business and regulatory compliance burdens and affect competition among financial services entities.  Uncertainty exists as to the ultimate impact of many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, which could have a material adverse impact on the financial services industry as a whole and on the Company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.  Additional information, including a summary of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, is available on the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation website at
www.fdic.gov/regulations/reform/index.html.
Item 1A. Risk Factors

The performance of our Company is subject to various risks.  We consider the risks described below to be the most significant risks we face, but such risks are not the only risk factors that could affect us.  Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.  For a discussion of the impact of risks on our financial condition and results of operations in recent years and on forward looking statements contained in this report, reference is made to Item 7 below.

We may be adversely affected by economic conditions in the local economies in which we conduct our operations, and in the United States in general.

The Bank’s primary markets include the Iowa counties of Johnson, Linn and Washington.  Johnson and Linn Counties have been one of the strongest economic areas in Iowa exhibiting substantial economic growth over the past ten years.  The unemployment rate for the Bank’s prime market area is favorable and the rate historically has been lower than the unemployment rates for both the United States and the State of Iowa.  However, unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions may adversely affect our business and profitability.  Our business faces various material risks, including credit risk and the risk that the demand for our products and services will decrease.  Decreases in consumer confidence, real estate values, interest rates and investment returns, usually associated with a downturn, could make the types of loans we originate less profitable and could increase our credit risk and litigation expense.  And while the presence of the University of Iowa and its affiliated institutions has a significant favorable impact upon the regional economy, it is unclear what impact the stress of the State budget will continue to have on the University of Iowa and the University of Iowa Hospitals and Clinics.

Although financial markets have stabilized and local as well as global economies have improved, adverse changes in the U.S. economy in recent years led to an increased level of commercial and consumer delinquencies, reduced consumer confidence, decreased market valuations and liquidity, increased market volatility and a widespread reduction of business activity generally.  The ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets has become more difficult compared to recent years. The resulting economic pressure and lack of confidence in the financial markets may adversely affect our business, our financial condition and our results of operations, as well as the business of our customers.  Foreign or domestic terrorism or geopolitical events could shock commodity and financial markets and prolong or worsen the current economic climate.  A worsening of economic conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult conditions.

We may be adversely impacted by recent legislation and potential additional legislation and rulemaking.

The 2008-2009 recession produced a number of new laws that impact financial institutions including the Dodd-Frank Act.  The Dodd-Frank Act established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) and granted it the broad authority to administer and enforce a new federal regulatory framework of consumer financial regulation.  In particular, the liquidity, capital and stress testing requirements of Basel III and the CFPB could negatively impact operations.  The impact of provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, regulations to be adopted under the Dodd-Frank Act, and new legislation may negatively impact our operations by restricting our business operations, including our ability to originate or sell loans, and adversely impact our financial performance or our stock price.

Item 1A. Risk Factors (Continued)

Our profitability and liquidity may be adversely affected by deterioration in the credit quality of, or defaults by, third parties who owe us money or other assets.

We are exposed to the risk that third parties that owe us money or other assets will not perform their obligations.  These parties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons.  Our rights against third parties may not be enforceable in all circumstances.  In addition, deterioration in the credit quality of third parties whose securities or obligations we hold could result in losses and/or adversely affect our ability to use those securities or obligations for liquidity purposes.  We rely on representations of potential borrowers and/or guarantors as to the accuracy and completeness of certain financial information.  Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted to the extent we rely on financial statements or other information that is materially misleading.

Our financial condition has not been materially impacted by the deterioration in the credit quality of third parties except as related to borrower credit quality.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company held two investment securities considered to be less than investment grade.  The aggregate fair value of these Ba2 rated bonds is $0.49 million while their amortized cost is $0.50 million, representing an unrealized loss of $0.01 million.  Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb probable losses on any existing loans that may become uncollectible but cannot predict loan losses with certainty and cannot assure that the our allowance for loan losses will prove sufficient to cover actual losses in the future.

Changing interest rates may adversely affect our profits.

Our income and cash flows depend to a great extent on the difference between the interest rates earned by us on interest-earning assets such as loans and investment securities and the interest rates paid by us on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowings.  If interest rates decrease, our net interest income could be negatively affected if interest earned on interest-earning assets, such as loans, mortgage-related securities, and other investment securities, decreases more quickly than interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.  This would cause our net income to go down.  In addition, if interest rates decline, our loans and investments may be prepaid earlier than expected, which may also lower our income.  Rising interest rates may hurt our income because they may reduce the demand for loans and the value of our investment securities.  Higher interest rates could adversely affect housing and other sectors of the economy that are interest-rate sensitive.  Higher interest rates could cause deterioration in the quality of our loan portfolio.  Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and monetary policies established by the Federal Reserve Board. Interest rates do and will continue to fluctuate, and we cannot predict future Federal Reserve Board actions or other factors that will cause rates to change.

We experience intense competition for loans and deposits.

Competition among financial institutions in attracting and retaining deposits and making loans is intense.  Traditionally, our most direct competition for deposits has come from commercial banks, savings institutions and credit unions (which don’t pay federal or state income taxes) doing business in our areas of operation.  Increasingly, we have experienced additional competition for deposits from nonbanking sources, such as securities firms, insurance companies, money market mutual funds and corporate and financial services subsidiaries of commercial and manufacturing companies.  Competition for loans comes primarily from other commercial banks, savings institutions, consumer finance companies, credit unions, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies and other institutional lenders.  We compete primarily on the basis of products offered, customer service and price.  A number of institutions with which we compete enjoy the benefits of fewer regulatory constraints and lower cost structures.  Some have greater assets and capital than we do and, thus, are better able to compete on the basis of price than we are.  The increasingly competitive environment is primarily a result of changes in regulation, technology and product delivery systems.  These competitive trends are likely to continue.
Item 1A. Risk Factors (Continued)

If we do not continue to meet or exceed regulatory capital requirements and maintain our “well capitalized” status, there could be an adverse effect on the manner in which we do business and on the confidence of our customers in us.

Under regulatory capital adequacy guidelines, we must meet guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could have a material effect on our financial condition and could subject us to a variety of enforcement actions, as well as certain restrictions on our business.  Failure to maintain the status of “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework could adversely affect the confidence that our customers have in us, which can lead to a decline in the demand for or a reduction in the prices that we are able to charge for our products and services.  We may at some point need to raise additional capital to maintain our “well capitalized” status.  Any capital we obtain may result in the dilution of the interests of existing holders of our common stock.  Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control, and on our financial condition and performance.  Accordingly, we cannot make assurances of our ability to raise additional capital if needed, or if the terms will be acceptable to us.

Our allowance for loan losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses.

Like all financial institutions, we maintain an allowance for loan losses to provide for loan defaults and non-performance.  Our allowance for loan losses is based on our historical loss experience as well as an evaluation of the risks associated with our loan portfolio, including the size and composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and concentrations within the portfolio.  The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes.  Economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses.  In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management.  In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, we will need additional provisions to increase the allowance for loan losses.  Any increases in the allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and, possibly, capital, and may have a material negative effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our loan portfolio has a large concentration of real estate loans, which involve risks specific to real estate value.

Real estate loans, which constitute a large portion of our loan portfolio, include home equity, commercial, construction and residential loans, and such loans are concentrated in the Bank’s trade area, a small geographic area in Southeast Iowa.  As of December 31, 2013, approximately 82.84% of our loans had real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral.  The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time as a result of market conditions in the geographic area in which the real estate is located.  Adverse developments affecting real estate values in our market could increase the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio.  Also, real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of the loans generally is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the properties securing the loans to cover operating expenses and debt service.  Economic events or governmental regulations outside of the control of the borrower could negatively impact the future cash flow and market values of the affected properties.

If the loans that are collateralized by real estate become troubled during a time when market conditions are declining or have declined, then we may not be able to realize the amount of security that we anticipated at the time of originating the loan, which could cause us to increase our provision for loan losses and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.
Item 1A. Risk Factors (Continued)

Our real estate loans also include construction loans, including land acquisition and development.  Construction, land acquisition and development lending involve additional risks because funds are advanced based upon estimates of costs and the estimated value of the completed project.  Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation on real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio.  As a result, commercial construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest.  If our appraisal of the value of the completed project proves to be overstated, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of construction of the project.

Commercial loans make up a significant portion of our loan portfolio.

Our commercial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower.  Repayment of our commercial loans is often dependent on the cash flows of the borrower, which may be unpredictable.  Most often, this collateral is accounts receivable, inventory, machinery or real estate.  In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers.  The other types of collateral securing these loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.

Our agricultural loans may involve a greater degree of risk than other loans, and the ability of the borrower to repay may be affected by many factors outside of the borrower’s control.

Payments on agricultural real estate loans are dependent on the profitable operation or management of the farm property securing the loan.  The success of the farm may be affected by many factors outside the control of the borrower, including adverse weather conditions that prevent the planting of a crop or limit crop yields (such as hail, drought and floods), loss of livestock due to disease or other factors, declines in market prices for agricultural products (both domestically and internationally) and the impact of government regulations (including changes in price supports, subsidies and environmental regulations). In addition, many farms are dependent on a limited number of key individuals whose injury or death may significantly affect the successful operation of the farm.  If the cash flow from a farming operation is diminished, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. The primary crops in our market areas are corn and soybeans.  Accordingly, adverse circumstances affecting these crops could have an adverse effect on our agricultural real estate loan portfolio.

We also originate agricultural operating loans.  As with agricultural real estate loans, the repayment of operating loans is dependent on the successful operation or management of the farm property.  Likewise, agricultural operating loans involve a greater degree of risk than lending on residential properties, particularly in the case of loans that are unsecured or secured by rapidly depreciating assets such as farm equipment or assets such as livestock or crops.  The primary livestock in our market areas is hogs.  In these cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance as a result of the greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation.
Item 1A. Risk Factors (Continued)

Growth in local and national real estate markets may impact our operations and/or financial condition.

There has been growth in the national housing market as evidenced by reports of increased levels of new and existing home sales, decreasing inventories of houses on the market, increasing property values, an increase in building permits, and a decrease in the time houses remain on the market.  In past history of real estate growth, some lenders made many adjustable-rate mortgage loans, and lowered their credit standards with respect to mortgage loans and home equity loans.  A subsequent slowdown in the national housing market created uncertainty and liquidity issues relating to the value of such mortgage loans, which caused disruption in credit markets.  Management will continue to monitor that the Bank has maintained appropriate lending standards in times of real estate growth and decline.  No assurance can be given that these conditions will not directly or indirectly affect our operations

If we are unable to continuously attract deposits and other short-term funding, our financial condition, including our capital ratios, our results of operations and our business prospects could be harmed.

In managing our liquidity, our primary source of short-term funding is customer deposits.  Our ability to continue to attract these deposits, and other short-term funding sources, is subject to variability based upon a number of factors, including the relative interest rates we are prepared to pay for these liabilities and the perception of safety of those deposits or short-term obligations relative to alternative short-term investments.  The availability and cost of credit in short-term markets depends upon market perceptions of our liquidity and creditworthiness.  Our efforts to monitor and manage liquidity risk may not be successful or sufficient to deal with dramatic or unanticipated changes in event-driven reductions in liquidity.  In such events, our cost of funds may increase, thereby reducing our net interest revenue, or we may need to dispose of a portion of our investment portfolio, which, depending on market conditions, could result in our realizing a loss or experiencing other adverse consequences.

Conditions in the financial markets may limit our access to funding to meet our liquidity needs.

Liquidity is essential to our business, as we must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers.  An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale or pledging as collateral of loans and other assets could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity.  Our access to funding sources in the amounts adequate to finance our activities could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically or the financial services industry in general.  Factors that could negatively affect our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity due to a market downturn or negative regulatory action against us.  Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as severe disruption of the financial markets or negative news and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry as a whole, as evidenced by recent turmoil in the domestic and worldwide credit markets.

As a part of our liquidity management, we use a number of funding sources in addition to core deposit growth and repayments and maturities of loans and investments.  These sources include brokered certificates of deposit, repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased, lines of credit and Federal Home Loan Bank advances.  Negative operating results or changes in industry conditions could lead to an inability to replace these additional funding sources at maturity.  Our financial flexibility could be constrained if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available to accommodate future growth at acceptable interest rates.  Finally, if we are required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs.  In this case, our results of operations and financial condition would be negatively affected.

Item 1A. Risk Factors (Continued)

Our growth strategy relies heavily on our management team, and the unexpected loss of key managers and/or officers may adversely affect our operations.

The Company’s success is dependent on experienced senior management with a strong local community network.  Our ability to retain the current management team and executive officers are key to the successful implementation of our growth strategy.  It is equally important that the Company be able to continue to attract and retain quality and community-focused managers and officers.  The unexpected loss of one of the Company’s key managers and/or officers or the inability to attract qualified personnel could have a negative effect on our operations, financial condition and reputation.

We are subject to risks associated with changes in regulation.

Any changes to state and federal banking laws and regulations may negatively impact our ability to expand services and to increase the value of our business.  We are subject to extensive state and federal regulation, supervision, and legislation that govern almost all aspects of our operations.  These laws may change from time to time and are primarily intended for the protection of consumers, depositors and the deposit insurance funds.  In addition, the Company’s earnings are affected by the monetary policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve.  These policies, which include regulating the national supply of bank reserves and bank credit, can have a major effect upon the source and cost of funds and the rates of return earned on loans and investments.  The Federal Reserve influences the size and distribution of bank reserves through its open market operations and changes in cash reserve requirements against member bank deposits.  We cannot predict what effect such Act and any presently contemplated or future changes in the laws or regulations or their interpretations would have on us, but such changes could be materially adverse to our financial performance.

We are subject to risks associated with technological changes and the resources needed to implement the changes

Our industry is susceptible to significant technological changes in the future as there continue to be a high level of new technology driven products and services introduced.  Technological advancement aids the Company in providing customer service and increases efficiency.  Our larger competitors have more resources to invest in technological changes and associated required resources.  As a result they may be able to offer products and services that are more technologically advanced and that may put us at a competitive disadvantage.  Our future will depends on our ability to analyze technological changes to determine the best course of action for our business, customers and shareholders.

We rely heavily on our network security and any system failure or data breach could subject the Company to increased costs as well as reputational risk.

Our operations are dependent on our ability to process financial transactions in a secure manner.  We must ensure that information is properly protected from a variety of threats such as error, fraud, sabotage, terrorism, industrial espionage, privacy violation, service interruption, and natural disaster.  The Company, with the assistance of third-party service providers, intends to continue to implement security technology and establish procedures to maintain network security, but there is no assurance that these measures will be successful.  Any activity that jeopardizes our network and the security of the information stored on our network may result in significant cost to the Company and have a significant negative effect on our reputation.

We are subject to risks associated with negative publicity.

Reputational risk arises from the potential that negative publicity regarding the Company’s business practices, whether true or not, could cause a decline in the customer base, costly litigation, or revenue reductions.  In addition, the Company’s success in maintaining its reputation depends on the ability to adapt to a rapidly changing environment including increasing reliance on social media.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

The Company's office and the main office of the Bank are located at 131 Main Street, Hills, Iowa.  This is a brick building containing approximately 45,000 square feet. A portion of the building was built in 1977, a two-story addition was completed in 1984, and a two-story brick addition was completed in February 2001.  With the completion of the 2001 addition, the entire Bank’s processing and administrative systems were consolidated in Hills, Iowa.  The Bank operates its business from its main office and its 16 full service branches in the Iowa counties of Johnson, Linn and Washington.  The Bank owns its main office complex and 12 of its branch offices.  Four of the Bank’s branches are leased.

The Bank purchased land in Washington, Iowa during the year ended December 31, 2013.  The Bank plans to build a new branch in Washington by March, 2015.

All of the properties owned by the Bank are free and clear of any mortgages or other encumbrances of any type.  See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for minimum future rental commitments for leased properties.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

There are no material pending legal proceedings.  Neither the Company nor the Bank holds any properties that are the subject of hazardous waste clean-up investigations.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.
PART II

Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Mattersand Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

As of January 31, 2014, the Company had 2,203 stockholders.  There is no established trading market for the Company's common stock, and the Company's stock is not actively traded.  Our common stock is not listed on the NASDAQ stock market or any other stock exchange.  While there is no established public trading market for our common stock, our shares are currently quoted in the inter-dealer quotation, or “over-the-counter,” marketplace under the trading symbol “HBIA.”  The principal over-the-counter market is operated by OTC Markets Group, Inc. (formerly Pink OTC Markets Inc.), which provides quotes for the Company on its middle tier, the OTCQB.  All OTCQB companies are reporting with the SEC or a U.S. banking regulator, but there are no financial or qualitative standards to be in this tier.

The high and low bid information for the Company’s stock for each quarter of the two most recent fiscal years, as reported by OTC Market Groups, Inc., is provided below.  The prices indicated reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

 
 
2013
   
2012
 
 
 
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
 
1st quarter
 
$
72.00
   
$
67.00
   
$
64.75
   
$
63.00
 
2nd quarter
   
72.00
     
70.00
     
64.50
     
62.75
 
3rd quarter
   
73.00
     
70.75
     
67.00
     
63.90
 
4th quarter
   
73.00
     
70.00
     
67.00
     
65.00
 

In addition, based on the Company’s stock transfer records and information informally provided to the Company, stock trading transactions have been as follows:
 
Year
 
Number of Shares Traded
   
Number of Transactions
   
High Selling Price
   
Low Selling Price
   
2013
   
31,812
     
83
   
$
75.00
   
$
70.00
 
 (1)
2012
   
51,802
     
89
   
$
70.00
   
$
64.00
  
 (2)
2011
   
485,425
     
918
   
$
64.00
   
$
58.50
 
 (3)
 
(1) 2013 transactions included repurchases by the Company of 19,204 shares of stock under the 2005 Stock Repurchase Program.  2013 transactions made under the 2005 Stock Repurchase Program were made at prices that ranged from $70.00 to $75.00 per share.

(2) 2012 transactions included repurchases by the Company of 35,982 shares of stock under the 2005 Stock Repurchase Program.  2012 transactions made under the 2005 Stock Repurchase Program were made at prices that ranged from $64.00 to $70.00 per share.

(3) 2011 transactions included repurchases by the Company of 65,901 shares of stock under the 2005 Stock Repurchase Program.  2011 transactions made under the 2005 Stock Repurchase Program were made at prices that ranged from $58.50 to $64.00 per share. 2011 transactions also include the sale of 412,660 shares of stock through 848 transactions from the 2011 stock offering.
 
All transactions under the 2005 Stock Repurchase Program were at a price equal to the most recent quarterly independent appraisal of the shares of the Company's common stock.

The Company paid aggregate annual cash dividends in 2013, 2012 and 2011 of $5.19 million, $5.00 million and $4.40 million respectively, or $1.10 per share in 2013, $1.05 per share in 2012 and $1.00 per share in 2011.  In January 2014, the Company declared and paid a dividend of $1.15 per share totaling $5.44 million.  The decision to declare any such cash dividends in the future and the amount thereof rests within the discretion of the Board of Directors and will remain subject to, among other things, certain regulatory restrictions imposed on the payment of dividends by the Bank, and the future earnings, capital requirements and financial condition of the Company.
Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Mattersand Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities (Continued)

The following performance graph provides information regarding cumulative, five-year shareholder returns on an indexed basis of the Company's Common Stock compared to the NASDAQ Market Index and the Regional-Southwest Banks Index prepared by MORNINGSTAR of Chicago, IL. The latter index reflects the performance of twenty-nine bank holding companies operating principally in the Midwest as selected by MORNINGSTAR. The indexes assume the investment of $100 on December 31, 2008 in Company Common Stock, the NASDAQ Index and the Regional-Southwest Banks Index, with all dividends reinvested.
Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Mattersand Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities (Continued)

The following table sets forth the Company’s equity compensation plan information as of December 31, 2013, all of which relates to stock options issued under stock option plans approved by stockholders of the Company:

 
 
Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
   
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
   
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under equity
compensation plans
[excluding securities relected
in column (a)]
 
Plan Category
 
(a)
   
(b)
   
(c)
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
   
12,630
   
$
53.95
     
73,127
 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total
   
12,630
   
$
53.95
     
73,127
 
 
On July 26, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a program to repurchase up to a total of 750,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “2005 Stock Repurchase Program”).  The Company’s Board of Directors has authorized the 2005 Stock Repurchase Program through December 31, 2015.  The Company expects the purchases pursuant to the 2005 Stock Repurchase Program to be made from time to time in private transactions at a price equal to the most recent quarterly independent appraisal of the shares of the Company’s common stock and with the Board reviewing the overall results of the 2005 Stock Repurchase Program on a quarterly basis.  All purchases made pursuant to the 2005 Stock Repurchase Program since its inception have been made on that basis.  The amount and timing of stock repurchases will be based on various factors, such as the Board’s assessment of the Company’s capital structure and liquidity, the amount of interest shown by shareholders in selling shares of stock to the Company at their appraised value, and applicable regulatory, legal and accounting factors.

The following table sets forth information about the Company’s stock purchases pursuant to the 2005 Stock Repurchase Program for the quarter ended December 31, 2013:

Period in 2013
 
Total number of
shares purchased
   
Average price paid
per share
   
Total number of
shares purchased
as part of publicly
announced plans
or programs
   
Maximum number
of shares that may
yet be purchased
under the plans or
programs
 
October 1 to October 31
   
4,349
   
$
73.00
     
346,015
     
403,985
 
November 1 to November 30
   
454
     
74.57
     
346,469
     
403,531
 
December 1 to December 31
   
800
     
75.00
     
347,269
     
402,731
 
Total
   
5,603
   
$
73.41
     
347,269
     
402,731
 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

CONSOLIDATED FIVE-YEAR STATISTICAL SUMMARY

The following table sets forth certain of our financial and statistical information for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2013.  This data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto included or incorporated by reference elsewhere in this document.

 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
YEAR-END TOTALS (Amounts in Thousands)
 
   
   
   
   
 
Total assets
 
$
2,167,795
   
$
2,099,720
   
$
2,018,927
   
$
1,931,283
   
$
1,830,626
 
Investment securities
   
246,089
     
234,244
     
222,095
     
216,603
     
214,098
 
Loans held for sale
   
4,927
     
28,256
     
24,615
     
10,390
     
7,976
 
Loans, net
   
1,801,247
     
1,697,002
     
1,661,916
     
1,561,430
     
1,503,981
 
Deposits
   
1,709,877
     
1,662,544
     
1,525,477
     
1,480,741
     
1,347,427
 
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
   
125,000
     
125,000
     
185,000
     
195,000
     
225,000
 
Redeemable common stock
   
29,574
     
30,715
     
27,826
     
24,945
     
22,900
 
Stockholders' equity
   
243,789
     
225,196
     
208,429
     
166,269
     
151,775
 
 
                                       
EARNINGS (Amounts in Thousands)
                                       
Interest income
 
$
84,895
   
$
89,215
   
$
93,350
   
$
94,987
   
$
96,195
 
Interest expense
   
16,848
     
21,527
     
24,361
     
27,839
     
37,141
 
Provision for loan losses
   
1,131
     
(2,849
)
   
5,661
     
8,925
     
11,947
 
Other income
   
19,205
     
20,769
     
18,504
     
20,099
     
18,909
 
Other expenses
   
49,278
     
53,931
     
44,226
     
45,748
     
44,813
 
Income taxes
   
10,912
     
10,542
     
10,829
     
9,258
     
5,218
 
Net income
   
25,931
     
26,833
     
26,777
     
23,316
     
15,985
 
 
                                       
PER SHARE
                                       
Net income:
                                       
Basic
 
$
5.51
   
$
5.69
   
$
6.02
   
$
5.29
   
$
3.61
 
Diluted
   
5.50
     
5.68
     
6.01
     
5.28
     
3.60
 
Cash dividends
   
1.10
     
1.05
     
1.00
     
0.91
     
0.91
 
Book value as of December 31
   
51.57
     
47.55
     
43.79
     
37.80
     
34.32
 
Increase (decrease) in book value due to:
                                       
ESOP obligation
   
(6.26
)
   
(6.48
)
   
(5.85
)
   
(5.67
)
   
(5.18
)
Accumulated other comprehensive income
   
0.34
     
0.84
     
1.04
     
0.63
     
0.95
 
 
                                       
SELECTED RATIOS
                                       
Return on average assets
   
1.23
%
   
1.30
%
   
1.36
%
   
1.25
%
   
0.88
%
Return on average equity
   
11.13
     
12.38
     
14.96
     
14.61
     
11.01
 
Net interest margin
   
3.54
     
3.60
     
3.85
     
3.95
     
3.55
 
Average stockholders' equity to average total assets
   
11.08
     
10.51
     
9.09
     
8.57
     
7.99
 
Dividend payout ratio
   
20.00
     
18.63
     
16.42
     
17.26
     
25.28
 

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation

The following discussion by management is presented regarding the financial results for Hills Bancorporation (the “Company”) for the dates and periods indicated.  The discussion should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Consolidated Five-Year Statistical Summary” and the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto included or incorporated by reference elsewhere in this document.

An overview of the year 2013 is presented following the section discussing a special note regarding forward looking statements.

Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements

This report contains, and future oral and written statements of the Company and its management may contain, forward-looking statements within the meaning of such term in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to the financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business of the Company. Actual results may differ materially from those included in the forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of the Company’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should” or other similar expressions. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events.

The Company’s ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Factors which could have a material adverse effect on the operations and future prospects of the Company include, but are not limited to, the following:

· The strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which the Company conducts its operations which may be less favorable than expected and may result in, among other things, a deterioration in the credit quality and value of the Company’s assets.

· The effects of financial market disruptions and/or an economic recession, and monetary and other governmental actions designed to address such disruptions and recession.

· The financial strength of the counterparties with which the Company or the Company’s customers do business and as to which the Company has investment or financial exposure.

· The credit quality and credit agency ratings of the securities in the Company’s investment securities portfolio, a deterioration or downgrade of which could lead to other-than-temporary impairment of the affected securities and the recognition of an impairment loss.

· The effects of, and changes in, laws, regulations and policies affecting banking, securities, insurance and monetary and financial matters as well as any laws otherwise affecting the Company.

· The effects of changes in interest rates (including the effects of changes in the rate of prepayments of the Company’s assets) and the policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

· The ability of the Company to compete with other financial institutions as effectively as the Company currently intends due to increases in competitive pressures in the financial services sector.

· The ability of the Company to obtain new customers and to retain existing customers.

· The timely development and acceptance of products and services, including products and services offered through alternative electronic delivery channels.
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

· Technological changes implemented by the Company and by other parties, including third party vendors, which may be more difficult or more expensive than anticipated or which may have unforeseen consequences to the Company and its customers.

· The ability of the Company to develop and maintain secure and reliable electronic systems.

· The ability of the Company to retain key executives and employees and the difficulty that the Company may experience in replacing key executives and employees in an effective manner.

· Consumer spending and saving habits which may change in a manner that affects the Company’s business adversely.

· The economic impact of natural disasters, terrorist attacks and military actions.

· Business combinations and the integration of acquired businesses and assets which may be more difficult or expensive than expected.

· The costs, effects and outcomes of existing or future litigation.

· Changes in accounting policies and practices that may be adopted by state and federal regulatory agencies and the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

· The ability of the Company to manage the risks associated with the foregoing as well as anticipated.

These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements, and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Additional information concerning the Company and its business, including other factors that could materially affect the Company’s financial results, is included in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Overview

The Company is a bank holding company engaged, through its wholly-owned subsidiary bank, in the business of commercial banking.  The Company’s subsidiary is Hills Bank and Trust Company, Hills, Iowa (the “Bank”).  The Bank was formed in Hills, Iowa in 1904.  The Bank is a full-service commercial bank extending its services to individuals, businesses, governmental units and institutional customers primarily in the communities of Hills, Iowa City, Coralville, North Liberty, Lisbon, Mount Vernon, Kalona, Wellman, Cedar Rapids and Marion, Iowa.

The Company’s net income for 2013 was $25.93 million compared to $26.83 million in 2012.  Diluted earnings per share were $5.50 and $5.68 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Bank’s net interest income is the largest component of the Bank’s revenue, and it is a function of the average earning assets and the net interest margin percentage.  Net interest margin is the ratio of net interest income to average earning assets.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, net interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased by $0.46 million.  In 2013, the Bank achieved a net interest margin of 3.54% compared to 3.60% in 2012, which resulted in $5.76 million decrease in net interest income.  The remaining $6.22 million of increase in net interest income was attributable to growth of $50.66 million in the Bank’s average earning assets.

In anticipation of the continuing net interest margin compression in future years, the Bank deleveraged the balance sheet in an effort to benefit net interest margin and mitigate interest rate risk.  The Bank prepaid $60.00 million of Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2012.  The Bank incurred a prepayment penalty of $5.93 million recorded as loss on extinguishment of debt.
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

Highlights with respect to items on the Company’s balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 included the following:

· Loans, net of allowance for loan losses and unamortized fees and costs totaling $1.806 billion.
· Loan growth, net in 2013 of $80.92 million.
· Deposit growth of $47.33 million in 2013.  Deposits increased to $1.710 billion and included $57.77 million of brokered deposits.
· Short-term borrowings increased $3.23 million.
· Stockholders’ equity increased $18.59 million to $243.79 million in 2013, with dividends having been paid in 2013 of $5.19 million.

Reference is made to Note 13 of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for a discussion of fair value measurements which relate to methods used by the Company in recording assets and liabilities on its consolidated financial statements.

The return on average equity was 11.13% in 2013 compared to 12.38% in 2012.  The returns for the three previous years, 2011, 2010 and 2009, were 14.96%, 14.61% and 11.01%, respectively.  The Company remains well capitalized as of December 31, 2013 with total risk-based capital at 17.44% and Tier 1 risk-based capital at 16.19%.  The minimum regulatory guidelines are 8% and 4% respectively.  The Company paid a dividend per share of $1.10 in 2013, $1.05 in 2012 and $1.00 in the year ended December 31, 2011.

A detailed discussion of the financial position and results of operations follows this overview.

Critical Accounting Policies

The Company's consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The financial information contained within these financial statements is, to a significant extent, financial information that is based on approximate measures of the financial effects of transactions and events that have already occurred. Based on its consideration of accounting policies that involve the most complex and subjective decisions and assessments, management has identified its most critical accounting policies to be those which are related to the allowance for loan losses. The Company's allowance for loan loss methodology incorporates a variety of risk considerations, both quantitative and qualitative in establishing an allowance for loan losses that management believes is appropriate at each reporting date. Quantitative factors include the Company's historical loss experience, delinquency and charge-off trends, collateral values, changes in impaired loans, and other factors. Quantitative factors also incorporate known information about individual loans, including borrowers' sensitivity to interest rate movements. Qualitative factors include the general economic environment in the Company's markets, including economic conditions throughout the Midwest and the state of certain industries.  Determinations relating to the possible level of future loan losses are based in part on subjective judgments by management.  The future impact of the global recession has introduced additional uncertainty into such determinations.  Future loan losses in excess of current estimates, could materially adversely affect our results of operations or financial position.  Size and complexity of individual credits in relation to loan structure, existing loan policies and pace of portfolio growth are other qualitative factors that are considered in the methodology. As the Company adds new products and increases the complexity of its loan portfolio, it will enhance its methodology accordingly. This discussion of the Company’s critical accounting policies should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes presented elsewhere herein, as well as other relevant portions of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.   Although management believes the levels of the allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio, a decline in local economic conditions, or other factors, could result in increasing losses that cannot be reasonably predicted at this time.
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

Financial Position

Year End Amounts (Amounts In Thousands)
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
Total assets
 
$
2,167,795
   
$
2,099,720
   
$
2,018,297
   
$
1,931,283
   
$
1,830,626
 
Investment securities
   
246,089
     
234,244
     
222,095
     
216,603
     
214,098
 
Loans held for sale
   
4,927
     
28,256
     
24,615
     
10,390
     
7,976
 
Loans, net
   
1,801,247
     
1,697,002
     
1,661,916
     
1,561,430
     
1,503,981
 
Deposits
   
1,709,877
     
1,662,544
     
1,525,477
     
1,480,741
     
1,347,427
 
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
   
125,000
     
125,000
     
185,000
     
195,000
     
225,000
 
Redeemable common stock
   
29,574
     
30,715
     
27,826
     
24,945
     
22,900
 
Stockholders' equity
   
243,789
     
225,196
     
208,429
     
166,269
     
151,775
 
 
Total assets at December 31, 2013 increased $68.08 million, or 3.24%, from the prior year-end.  Asset growth from 2011 to 2012 was $81.42 million and represented a 4.03% increase.  The largest growth in assets occurred in Net Loans, which increased $104.25 million and $35.09 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Loans held for sale to the secondary market decreased $23.33 million and increased $3.64 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Loans held for investment represent the largest component of the Bank’s earning assets.  Loans held for investment were $1.827 billion and $1.722 billion at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The local economy that generated increased demand for loans was a significant factor in the trend of increasing net loans in each of the last five years.  The trend of increasing net loans may not be indicative of future performance.

Loans secured by real estate represent the largest increase in loan growth.  These loans increased $79.04 million in 2013 and increased $5.90 million in 2012.  Loans secured by real estate include loans for one-to-four family residential properties, multi-family properties, agricultural real estate and commercial real estate.

On a net basis, the Company originated $106.47 million and $34.05 million in loans to customers for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Net loan originations increased 212.69% in 2013 compared to 2012.  The increase in loan originations in 2013 as compared to 2012 is reflective of improvement in the overall economic conditions in the Company’s trade area.  The Company does not engage in significant participation activity and does not purchase participations from outside its established trade area.  It is the Company’s policy to purchase or sell participations related to existing customers or to participate in community development activity.  The Company had participations purchased of $10.93, $10.44 and $4.08 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  The participations purchased were less than one percent of loans held for investment for each of the three years.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

The Company did not experience a material change in the composition of its loans held for investment in 2013 or 2012.  Residential real estate loans, including first and junior liens, were $711.47 million, $687.85 million and $682.23 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  The dollar total of residential real estate loans increased 3.43% in 2013 and 0.83% in 2012.  Residential real estate loans were 38.95% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2013, 39.98% at December 31, 2012 and 40.36% at December 31, 2011.  Commercial real estate loans totaled $315.19 million at December 31, 2013, a 0.86% increase over the December 31, 2012 total of $312.51 million.  Commercial real estate loans decreased 1.22% in 2012.  Commercial real estate loans totaled $316.33 million at December 31, 2011.  Commercial real estate loans represented 17.26%, 18.15% and 18.69% of the Company’s loan portfolio as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  The Company monitors its commercial real estate level so that it does not have a concentration in that category that exceeds 300% of its capital.  Commercial real estate loan concentration was 117.05% of Tier 1 capital as of December 31, 2013.

The following table shows the composition of loans (before deducting the allowance for loan losses) as of December 31 for each of the last five years.  The table does not include loans held for sale to the secondary market.

 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
Agricultural
 
$
82,138
   
$
76,190
   
$
68,556
   
$
65,004
   
$
64,598
 
Commercial and financial
   
166,102
     
148,034
     
143,174
     
141,619
     
153,997
 
Real estate:
                                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
30,309
     
25,788
     
22,308
     
25,232
     
25,821
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
69,182
     
79,097
     
84,508
     
86,552
     
95,955
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
142,685
     
113,841
     
99,799
     
90,448
     
87,300
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
605,687
     
583,567
     
577,318
     
519,029
     
469,908
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
105,785
     
104,278
     
104,915
     
109,036
     
114,742
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
244,090
     
214,812
     
222,851
     
202,630
     
190,180
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
315,187
     
312,506
     
316,329
     
302,020
     
295,070
 
Loans to individuals
   
19,824
     
20,350
     
20,598
     
23,627
     
25,405
 
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
   
45,167
     
43,102
     
31,147
     
24,959
     
9,745
 
 
 
$
1,826,156
   
$
1,721,565
   
$
1,691,503
   
$
1,590,156
   
$
1,532,721
 
Net unamortized fees and costs
   
641
     
597
     
563
     
504
     
420
 
 
 
$
1,826,797
   
$
1,722,162
   
$
1,692,066
   
$
1,590,660
   
$
1,533,141
 
Less allowance for loan losses
   
25,550
     
25,160
     
30,150
     
29,230
     
29,160
 
 
 
$
1,801,247
   
$
1,697,002
   
$
1,661,916
   
$
1,561,430
   
$
1,503,981
 

There were no foreign loans outstanding for any of the years presented.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

The following table shows the principal payments due on loans as of December 31, 2013:

 
 
Amount
   
One Year
   
One To
   
Over Five
 
 
 
Of Loans
   
Or Less (1)
   
Five Years
   
Years
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
Commercial and Agricultural
 
$
270,392
   
$
112,229
   
$
113,335
   
$
44,828
 
Real Estate
   
1,490,517
     
221,748
     
972,370
     
296,399
 
Other
   
65,247
     
5,287
     
15,469
     
44,491
 
Totals
 
$
1,826,156
   
$
339,264
   
$
1,101,174
   
$
385,718
 
 
                               
The types of interest rates applicable to these principal payments are shown below:
                         
 
                               
Fixed rate
 
$
890,439
   
$
107,107
   
$
588,732
   
$
194,600
 
Variable rate
   
935,717
     
232,157
     
512,442
     
191,118
 
 
 
$
1,826,156
   
$
339,264
   
$
1,101,174
   
$
385,718
 
 
(1) A significant portion of the commercial loans are due in one year or less.  A significant percentage of the loans will be re-evaluated prior to their maturity and are likely to be extended.

While there has been weakness in the national commercial real estate markets, the Company did not experience the high level of stress or deterioration in its commercial real estate portfolio that has occurred in some other markets.  The sales and building permit trends in the Company’s trade area have followed similar increases as national, regional and state trends.  The increased level of building permits is reflective of the overall economic improvement in the Company’s trade area.

The overall economy in the Company’s trade area, Johnson, Linn and Washington Counties, remains in stable condition with levels of unemployment that remain below national and state levels.  The following table shows unemployment as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and median income information as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, as December 31, 2013 information is not available as of the date of this report:

 
 
Unemployment Rate %
   
Median Income
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
 
United States
   
6.7
%
   
7.8
%
   
8.5
%
 
$
53,046
   
$
50,502
   
$
50,046
 
State of Iowa
   
4.2
%
   
4.9
%
   
5.6
%
   
51,129
     
49,545
     
48,031
 
Johnson County
   
3.0
%
   
3.6
%
   
4.2
%
   
53,993
     
53,570
     
51,014
 
Linn County
   
4.5
%
   
5.3
%
   
6.0
%
   
56,790
     
55,772
     
54,806
 
Washington County
   
3.5
%
   
4.1
%
   
4.9
%
   
52,636
     
50,559
     
47,118
 
 
Competition for quality loans and deposits will continue to be a challenge.  In Johnson and Linn Counties, new banks and credit unions have been opened in the last few years.  The increased competition for both loans and deposits could result in a lower interest rate margin that could result in lower net interest income if the volume of loans and deposits does not increase to offset any such reduction in the interest margin.
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

Total deposits increased by $47.33 million in 2013 of which $16.23 million was from brokered deposits.  Short-term borrowings, which include federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, increased from $38.78 million to $42.02 million.  Deposits increased by $137.07 million in 2012.  As of June 30, 2013 (latest data available), Johnson County total deposits were $4.256 billion and the Company’s deposits were $1.188 billion, which represent a 27.9% market share.  The Company had nine office locations in Johnson County as of June 30, 2013.  The total banking locations in Johnson County was 57 as of June 30, 2013.  At June 30, 2012, the Company’s deposits were $1.116 billion or a 29.7% market share.  At $5.357 billion as of June 30, 2013, the Linn County deposit market is significantly larger than the Johnson County deposit market of $4.256 billion.  As of June 30, 2013, Linn County had 108 total banking locations.  The six Linn County offices of the Company had deposits of $343.55 million or a 6.4% share of the market.  The Company’s Linn County deposits at June 30, 2012 were $344.53 million and represented a 6.6% market share.  As of June 30, 2013, the Company’s two Washington County offices had deposits of $110.06 million which was 20.5% of the County’s total deposits of $536.63 million.  Washington County had a total of 14 banking locations as of June 30, 2013.  In 2012, the Company’s Washington County deposits were $103.79 million or a 19.9% market share.

Investment securities increased $11.85 million in 2013.  In 2012, investment securities increased by $14.82 million.  The investment portfolio consists of $238.51 million of securities that are stated at fair value, with any unrealized gain or loss, net of income taxes, reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.  The securities portfolio, which includes tax exempt securities, is used for liquidity and pledging purposes and to provide a rate of return that is acceptable to management.

The following tables show the carrying value of the investment securities held by the Bank, including stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank, as of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 and the maturities and weighted average yields of the investment securities, computed on a tax-equivalent basis using a federal tax rate of 35%, as of December 31, 2013:

 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
Carrying value:
 
   
   
 
Other securities (FHLB, FHLMC and FNMA)
 
$
87,144
   
$
91,850
   
$
91,936
 
Stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank
   
7,579
     
8,062
     
10,728
 
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
   
151,366
     
134,332
     
119,431
 
 
 
$
246,089
   
$
234,244
   
$
222,095
 

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)
 
 
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
   
Weighted
 
 
 
Carrying
   
Average
 
 
 
Value
   
Yield
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
 
Other securities (FHLB, FHLMC and FNMA), maturities:
 
   
 
Within 1 year
 
$
29,224
     
1.35
%
From 1 to 5 years
   
54,937
     
0.89
 
From 5 to 10 years
   
2,983
     
1.00
 
 
 
$
87,144
         
 
               
Stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank
 
$
7,579
     
2.64
%
 
               
Obligations of state and political subdivisions, maturities:
               
Within 1 year
 
$
21,235
     
2.96
%
From 1 to 5 years
   
62,925
     
4.08
 
From 5 to 10 years
   
67,109
     
3.02
 
Over 10 years
   
97
     
4.02
 
 
 
$
151,366
         
Total
 
$
246,089
         

As of December 31, 2013, the Company held no investment securities exceeding 10% of stockholders’ equity, other than securities of the U.S. Government agencies and corporations.  The Company does not hold any investments in FNMA preferred stock, any pooled trust preferred stocks or other preferred stock type investments.  See Note 2 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

During 2013, a major funding source for the growth in loans was the $47.33 million increase in deposits.  In 2012, the major source of funding for the growth in loans was deposit growth of $137.07 million.  Brokered deposits totaled $57.77 million and $41.54 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Total advances from the FHLB were $125.00 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012.  It is expected that the FHLB funding source and brokered deposits funding will be considered in the future if loan growth exceeds deposit increases and the interest rates on funds borrowed from the FHLB and interest rates on brokered deposits are favorable compared to other funding alternatives.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

The following tables show the amounts of average deposits and average rates paid on such deposits for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the composition of the certificates of deposit issued in denominations in excess of $100,000 as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2013
   
Rate
   
2012
   
Rate
   
2011
   
Rate
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
Average noninterest-bearing deposits
 
$
241,697
     
-
   
$
225,284
     
-
   
$
205,728
     
-
 
Average interest-bearing demand deposits
   
376,940
     
0.20
%
   
321,225
     
0.21
%
   
274,060
     
0.26
%
Average savings deposits
   
481,108
     
0.23
     
419,098
     
0.24
     
394,750
     
0.31
 
Average time deposits
   
559,687
     
1.65
     
611,260
     
1.96
     
630,276
     
2.23
 
 
 
$
1,659,432
           
$
1,576,867
           
$
1,504,814
         

Time certificates issued in amounts of $100,000 or more with maturity in:
 
Amount
   
Rate
   
Amount
   
Rate
   
Amount
   
Rate
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
3 months or less
 
$
13,131
     
1.02
%
 
$
33,920
     
1.33
%
 
$
15,778
     
1.23
%
3 through 6 months
   
28,628
     
1.45
     
30,928
     
1.55
     
18,740
     
1.86
 
6 through 12 months
   
31,073
     
1.03
     
68,591
     
1.37
     
48,302
     
1.77
 
Over 12 months
   
95,633
     
1.83
     
168,739
     
2.01
     
92,099
     
2.54
 
 
 
$
168,465
           
$
302,178
           
$
174,919
         

Stockholders’ equity was $243.79 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $225.20 million at December 31, 2012.  The Company’s capital resources are discussed in detail in the Liquidity and Capital Resources section.  Over the last five years, the Company has realized cumulative earnings of $118.84 million and paid shareholders dividends of $22.65 million, or 19.06% of earnings, while still maintaining capital ratios in excess of regulatory requirements.

The following table presents the return on average assets, return on average stockholders' equity, the dividend payout ratio and average stockholders’ equity to average assets ratio for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
 
 
   
   
 
Return on average assets
   
1.23
%
   
1.30
%
   
1.36
%
Return on average stockholders' equity
   
11.13
     
12.38
     
14.96
 
Dividend payout ratio
   
20.00
     
18.63
     
16.42
 
Average stockholders' equity to average assets ratio
   
11.08
     
10.51
     
9.09
 
 
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

Net Income Overview

Net income and diluted earnings per share for the last five years are as presented below:

Year
 
Net Income
   
% (Decrease) Increase
   
Earnings Per
Share - Diluted
 
 
 
(In Thousands)
   
   
 
2013
 
$
25,931
     
(3.36
)%
 
$
5.50
 
2012
   
26,833
     
0.21
     
5.68
 
2011
   
26,777
     
14.84
     
6.01
 
2010
   
23,316
     
45.86
     
5.28
 
2009
   
15,985
     
13.05
     
3.60
 

Net income for 2013 decreased by $0.90 million or 3.36% and diluted earnings per share decreased by 3.17%.  The decrease in net interest margin of 6 basis points accounted for a decrease of $5.76 million in net interest income. The growth in earning assets increased net interest income by $6.22 million.  Other income decreased by $1.56 million, the provision for loan losses increased by $3.98 million and total other expenses decreased by $4.65 million.

Annual fluctuations in the Company's net income continue to be driven primarily by three generally recurring important factors. The first important factor is net interest margin. Net interest income of $68.05 million in 2013 was derived from the Company's $2.000 billion of average earning assets and its net interest margin of 3.54%, compared to $1.950 billion of average earning assets and a 3.60% net interest margin in 2012. The importance of net interest margin is illustrated by the fact that a decrease or an increase in the net interest margin of 10 basis points would result in a $2.00 million decrease or increase in income before taxes.  Net interest margin decreased in 2012 to 3.60% from 3.85% in 2011.  Based on the current interest rate environment, the Company expects continued net interest compression to impact earnings for the foreseeable future.  The Company believes net interest margin in dollars will be contingent on the growth of the Company’s earnings assets.
 
The second significant factor affecting the Company's net income is the provision for loan losses. The majority of the Company's interest-earning assets are in loans outstanding, which amounted to $1.832 billion at the end of 2013.  The Company’s allowance for loan losses was $25.55 million at December 31, 2013.  The allowance in 2013 increased in comparison to 2012 due to loan growth of $80.92 million, a decrease in net charge-offs of $1.72 million and an increased provision for loan losses of $3.98 million.  The loan loss provision, which is the amount necessary to adjust the allowance to the level considered appropriate by management, totaled an expense of $1.13 million for 2013, a reduction of expense of $2.85 million for 2012 and $5.66 million of expense for 2011.  Management expects credit quality to remain steady through 2014.  Provision expense is expected to be dependent on the Company’s loan growth through the end of 2014.  (See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.)  A detailed discussion is included in the Provision for Loan Losses section below.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

The amount of mortgage loans sold on the secondary market and the resulting gain or loss is the third factor that can cause fluctuations in net income.  Loans originated in 2013 totaled $204.88 million compared to $328.58 million in 2012 and $187.54 million in 2011, a decrease of 37.65% from 2012 and an increase of 9.24% from 2011.  For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the net gain on sale of loans was $1.93, $3.55 and $1.99 million, respectively.  The sale of loans is influenced by the real estate market and interest rates.  The average interest rate for a 30 year fixed rate loan during the year ended December 31, 2013 was 3.83%.  The average interest rate for the same type of loan was 3.53% for the year ended December 31, 2012.  The amount of the net gain on sale of secondary market mortgage loans in each year can vary significantly.  The volume of activity in these types of loans is directly related to the level of interest rates.  During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, secondary market rates were favorable resulting in substantial volume of loans sold.  The servicing of the loans sold into the secondary market is not retained by the Company so these loans do not provide an ongoing stream of income.  The Company cannot predict the extent to which any future discontinuation of purchases of agency-guaranteed mortgage-backed securities by the Federal Reserve may result in secondary market rates becoming less favorable and a reduction in secondary market activity involving mortgage loans.

Net income for 2012 was $26.83 million, or diluted earnings per share of $5.68.  For 2012, diluted earnings per share decreased by $0.33 per share compared to 2011.  Net interest income decreased $1.30 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 2011.  This increase in net interest income was due to an increase in average earning assets of $89.55 million in 2012.  Noninterest income increased 12.24% in 2012 to $20.77 million.  Noninterest expense increased from $44.23 million in 2011 to $53.93 million in 2012, or 21.94%. The Bank prepaid $60.00 million of Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2012 as part of a strategy to utilize the Bank’s liquidity, improve net interest margin and decrease interest rate risk in the future.  As a result, the Bank incurred a one-time prepayment penalty of $5.93 million, which it recorded as loss on extinguishment of debt.  The one-time prepayment had a significant impact on the Company net income for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the excess of the interest and fees received on interest-earning assets over the interest expense of the interest-bearing liabilities. The factors that have the greatest impact on net interest income are the volume of average earning assets and the net interest margin.  The volume of average earning assets has continued to grow each year, primarily due to new loans.  The net interest margin decreased in 2013 to 3.54% and this compares to 3.60% in 2012, 3.85% in 2011, 3.95% in 2010, and 3.55% in 2009.  The measure is shown on a tax-equivalent basis using a rate of 35% to make the interest earned on taxable and nontaxable assets more comparable.  Interest income and expense for 2013, 2012 and 2011 are indicated on the following table:
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
   
 
Income:
 
   
   
 
Loans (1)
 
$
81,032
   
$
84,453
   
$
87,655
 
Taxable securities
   
1,254
     
1,897
     
2,797
 
Nontaxable securities (1)
   
5,134
     
5,227
     
5,309
 
Interest-bearing cash and cash equivalents
   
74
     
134
     
70
 
Total interest income
   
87,494
     
91,711
     
95,831
 
 
                       
Expense:
                       
Interest-bearing demand deposits
   
764
     
692
     
714
 
Savings deposits
   
1,091
     
989
     
1,219
 
Time deposits
   
9,257
     
12,043
     
14,055
 
Short-term borrowings
   
112
     
180
     
328
 
FHLB borrowings
   
5,590
     
7,583
     
7,995
 
Interest-bearing other liabilities
   
34
     
40
     
50
 
Total interest expense
   
16,848
     
21,527
     
24,361
 
 
                       
Net interest income
 
$
70,646
   
$
70,184
   
$
71,470
 
 
(1)  Presented on a tax equivalent basis using a rate of 35% for the three years presented.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis changed in 2013 as follows:

 
 
Change In
   
Change In
   
Increase (Decrease)
 
 
 
Average
   
Average
   
Volume
   
Rate
   
Net
 
 
 
Balance
   
Rate
   
Changes
   
Changes
   
Change
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
Interest income:
 
   
   
   
   
 
Loans, net
 
$
61,318
     
(0.36
)%
 
$
2,705
   
$
(6,126
)
 
$
(3,421
)
Taxable securities
   
(1,664
)
   
(0.61
)
   
(61
)
   
(582
)
   
(643
)
Nontaxable securities
   
14,680
     
(0.56
)
   
650
     
(743
)
   
(93
)
Interest-bearing cash and cash equivalents
   
(23,677
)
   
-
     
(60
)
   
-
     
(60
)
Federal funds sold
   
1
     
0.03
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
 
$
50,658
           
$
3,234
   
$
(7,451
)
 
$
(4,217
)
Interest expense:
                                       
Interest-bearing demand deposits
 
$
55,715
     
(0.01
)%
 
$
(118
)
 
$
46
   
$
(72
)
Savings deposits
   
62,011
     
(0.01
)
   
(127
)
   
26
     
(101
)
Time deposits
   
(51,573
)
   
(0.31
)
   
1,046
     
1,739
     
2,785
 
Short-term borrowings
   
(9,612
)
   
(0.08
)
   
37
     
31
     
68
 
FHLB borrowings
   
(48,900
)
   
0.12
     
2,147
     
(154
)
   
1,993
 
Interest-bearing other liabilities
   
(65
)
   
(0.19
)
   
1
     
5
     
6
 
 
 
$
7,576
           
$
2,986
   
$
1,693
   
$
4,679
 
Change in net interest income
                 
$
6,220
   
$
(5,758
)
 
$
462
 

Rate/volume variances are allocated on a consistent basis using the absolute values of changes in volume compared to the absolute values of the changes in rates.  Loan fees included in interest income are not material.  Interest on nontaxable securities and loans is shown at tax equivalent amounts.

Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis changes for 2012 were as follows:

 
 
Change In
   
Change In
   
Increase (Decrease)
 
 
 
Average
   
Average
   
Volume
   
Rate
   
Net
 
 
 
Balance
   
Rate
   
Changes
   
Changes
   
Change
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
Interest income:
 
   
   
   
   
 
Loans, net
 
$
63,798
     
(0.41
)%
 
$
3,443
   
$
(6,644
)
 
$
(3,201
)
Taxable securities
   
(6,341
)
   
(0.73
)
   
(164
)
   
(736
)
   
(900
)
Nontaxable securities
   
7,087
     
(0.36
)
   
339
     
(422
)
   
(83
)
Interest-bearing cash and cash equivalents
   
25,045
     
-
     
63
     
1
     
64
 
Federal funds sold
   
(39
)
   
(0.01
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
 
$
89,550
           
$
3,681
   
$
(7,801
)
 
$
(4,120
)
Interest expense:
                                       
Interest-bearing demand deposits
 
$
47,165
     
(0.05
)%
 
$
(125
)
 
$
148
   
$
23
 
Savings deposits
   
24,348
     
(0.07
)
   
(60
)
   
289
     
229
 
Time deposits
   
(19,016
)
   
(0.27
)
   
387
     
1,626
     
2,013
 
Short-term borrowings
   
(5,199
)
   
(0.25
)
   
18
     
131
     
149
 
FHLB borrowings
   
(13,143
)
   
0.07
     
541
     
(129
)
   
412
 
Interest-bearing other liabilities
   
(62
)
   
(0.25
)
   
1
     
7
     
8
 
 
 
$
34,093
           
$
762
   
$
2,072
   
$
2,834
 
Change in net interest income
                 
$
4,443
   
$
(5,729
)
 
$
(1,286
)

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

A summary of the net interest spread and margin is as follows:

 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
 
 
   
   
 
Average yields:
 
   
   
 
Loans (1)
   
4.61
%
   
4.99
%
   
5.39
%
Loans (tax equivalent basis) (1)
   
4.66
     
5.02
     
5.43
 
Taxable securities
   
1.26
     
1.87
     
2.60
 
Nontaxable securities
   
2.52
     
2.88
     
3.11
 
Nontaxable securities (tax equivalent basis)
   
3.87
     
4.43
     
4.79
 
Interest-bearing cash and cash equivalents
   
0.25
     
0.25
     
0.25
 
Federal funds sold
   
0.15
     
0.12
     
0.13
 
Average rates paid:
                       
Interest-bearing demand deposits
   
0.20
     
0.21
     
0.26
 
Savings deposits
   
0.23
     
0.24
     
0.31
 
Time deposits
   
1.65
     
1.96
     
2.23
 
Short-term borrowings
   
0.31
     
0.39
     
0.64
 
FHLB borrowings
   
4.41
     
4.29
     
4.22
 
Interest-bearing other liabilities
   
1.24
     
1.43
     
1.73
 
Yield on average interest-earning assets
   
4.37
     
4.69
     
5.15
 
Rate on average interest-bearing liabilities
   
1.06
     
1.36
     
1.57
 
Net interest spread (2)
   
3.31
     
3.33
     
3.58
 
Net interest margin (3)
   
3.54
     
3.60
     
3.85
 
 
(1) Non-accruing loans are not significant and have been included in the average loan balances for purposes of this computation.

(2) Net interest spread is the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the yield on average interest-paying liabilities stated on a tax equivalent basis using a federal rate of 35% for the three years presented.  The net interest spread decreased 2 basis points in 2013 and decreased 25 basis points in 2012.

(3) Net interest margin is net interest income, on a tax equivalent basis, divided by average interest-earning assets.  The net interest margin decreased 6 basis points in 2013 and decreased 25 basis points in 2012.  The net interest margin decreased in 2013 due to the continued low rate environment.  The Company was not able to reprice interest-bearing liabilities downward more quickly than the decline in average yields on earning assets.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

The net interest margin decreased 6 basis points in 2013 and decreased 25 basis points in 2012.  The net interest spread decreased 2 basis points in 2013 and decreased 25 basis points in 2012.  The decrease in the net interest margin and net interest spread in 2013 are the result of continued low interest rates.  The Company was not able to reprice some assets (particularly loans) more quickly than some liabilities repriced resulting in decreased net interest margin and spread.  As a result of the current low interest rate environment new loans to the Company continue to be priced at low interest rates.

During 2012, the Federal Open Market Committee maintained the target rate at 0.25%.  The target rate has remained at 0.25% since December 2008.  Interest rates on loans are generally affected by the target rate since interest rates for the U.S. Treasury market normally correlate to the Federal Reserve Board federal funds rate.  In pricing of loans and deposits, the Bank considers the U.S. Treasury indexes as benchmarks in determining interest rates.  As of December 31, 2013, the average rate indexes for the one, three and five year indexes were 0.13%, 0.79% and 1.72%, respectively.  The one year index decreased 13.34% from December 31, 2012, the three year index increased 100.08% and the five year index increased 126.32%.  During 2013 and 2012, the average federal funds rate remained the same at 0.25%.

Provision for Loan Losses

Management has determined that the allowance for loan losses was appropriate at December 31, 2013, and that the loan portfolio is diversified and secured, without undue concentration in any specific risk area. This process involves a high degree of management judgment, however the allowance for loan losses is based on a comprehensive, well documented, and consistently applied analysis of the Company’s loan portfolio. This analysis takes into consideration all available information existing as of the financial statement date, including environmental factors such as economic, industry, geographical and political factors. The relative level of allowance for loan losses is reviewed and compared to industry peers. This review encompasses levels of total impaired loans, portfolio mix, portfolio concentrations, current geographic risks and overall levels of net charge-offs.

The allowance for loan losses totaled $25.55 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $25.16 million at December 31, 2012.  The increase in 2013 is the result of an increase in loan volume as well as a change in the composition and allocation of balances within the credit quality ratings.  Specifically for 2013, there was an increase of $0.10 million due to the volume increase in pass rated loans outstanding of $82.32 million as well as the composition of new loans added in 2013.  There was an additional increase of $0.29 million in the amount allocated to the allowance due to a change in the composition and allocation of loan balances within the credit quality ratings.  The percentage of the allowance to outstanding loans was 1.40% and 1.46% at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The percentage decrease was due to loan growth.  The provision for loan losses totaled an expense of $1.13 million in 2013, a reduction in expense of $2.85 million in 2012 and an expense of $5.66 million for 2011.  Loan charge-offs net of recoveries were $0.74 million in 2013, $2.14 million in 2012 and $4.74 million in 2011.

The provision for loan losses is the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for loan losses to the level considered appropriate by management.  The adequacy of the allowance for loans and any related provision is computed on a quarterly basis and is a result of management’s determination of the quality of the loan portfolio.  The provision reflects a number of significant factors, including the size and growth of the loan portfolio, the overall composition of the loan portfolio and loan concentrations, the impact on the borrowers’ ability to repay, past loss experience, loan collateral values, the level of impaired loans and loans past due ninety days or more and the trends in problem and watch loans.  In addition, management considers the credit quality of the loans based on management’s review of problem and watch loans, including loans with historical higher credit risks.  Quantitative factors include the Company’s historical loss experience, which is then adjusted for levels and trends in past due, levels and trends in charged-off and recovered loans, trends in volume growth, trends in problem and watch loans, trends in TDR loans, local economic trends and conditions, industry and other conditions, and effects of changing interest rates. The Company’s methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses was refined in the third quarter of 2010 to revise and update historical loss percentages applied to loan categories under ASC 450-20.  The refined methodology did not result in a materially different determination of the allowance for loan losses.
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

In accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 102, Selected Loan Loss Allowance Methodology and Documentation Issues, the Company determines and assigns ratings to loans using factors that include the following: an assessment of the financial condition of the borrower; a realistic determination of the value and adequacy of underlying collateral; the condition of the local economy and the condition of the specific industry of the borrower; an analysis of the levels and trends of loan categories; and a review of delinquent and classified loans.

Through the credit risk rating process, loans are reviewed to determine if they are performing in accordance with the original contractual terms. If the borrower has failed to comply with the original contractual terms, further action may be required by the Company, including a downgrade in the credit risk rating, movement to nonaccrual status, a charge-off or the establishment of a specific impairment reserve. In the event a collateral shortfall is identified during the credit review process, the Company will work with the borrower for a principal reduction payment and/or a pledge of additional collateral and/or additional guarantees. In the event that these options are not available, the loan may be subject to a downgrade of the credit risk rating. If we determine that a loan amount or portion thereof, is uncollectible, the loan’s credit risk rating is immediately downgraded and the uncollectible amount is charged-off.  The Bank’s credit and legal departments undertake a thorough and ongoing analysis to determine if additional impairment and/or charge-offs are appropriate and to begin a workout plan for the loan to minimize actual losses.

In certain circumstances, the Bank may modify the terms of a loan to maximize the collection of amounts due.  In most cases, the modification is either a reduction in interest rate, conversion to interest only payments or extension of the maturity date.  Generally, the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties or is expected to experience difficulties in the near-term, so concessionary modification is granted to the borrower that otherwise would not be considered.  Trouble debt restructurings (“TDR loans”) accrue interest as long as the borrower complies with the revised terms and conditions and has demonstrated repayment performance at a level commensurate with the modified terms over several payment cycles.  The Bank’s TDR loans occur on a case-by-case basis in connection with ongoing loan collection processes.

For loans that are collateral dependent, losses are evaluated based on the portion of a loan that exceeds the fair market value of the collateral that can be identified as uncollectible.  In general, this is the amount that the carrying value of the loan exceeds the related appraised value less estimated selling costs.  Generally, it is the Company’s policy not to rely on appraisals that are older than one year prior to the date the impairment is being measured.  The most recent appraisal values may be adjusted if, in the Company’s judgment, experience and other market data indicate that the property’s value, use, condition, exit market or other variable affecting its value may have changed since the appraisal was performed, consistent with the December 2006 joint interagency guidance on the allowance for loan losses.  The charge off or loss adjustment supported by an appraisal is considered the minimum charge off.  Any adjustments made to the appraised value are to provide additional charge off or loss allocations based on the applicable facts and circumstances.  In instances where there is an estimated decline in value, a loss allocation may be provided or a charge off taken pending confirmation of the amount of the loss from an updated appraisal.  Upon receipt of the new appraisals, an additional loss allocation may be provided or charge off taken based on the appraised value of the collateral.  On average, appraisals are obtained within one month of order.

The Company has not experienced any significant time lapses in recognizing the required provisions for collateral dependent loans, nor has the Company delayed appropriate charge-offs.  When an updated appraisal value has been obtained, the Company has used the appraisal amount in determining the appropriate charge off or required reserve.  The Company also evaluates any changes in the financial condition of the borrower and guarantors (if applicable), economic conditions, and the Company’s loss experience with the type of property in question.  Any information utilized in addition to the appraisal is intended to identify additional charge-offs or provisions, not to override the appraised value.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

The Bank regularly reviews loans in the portfolio and assesses whether the loans are impaired in accordance with ASC 310-10-35, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan (formerly FAS 114).  If the loans are impaired, the Bank determines if a specific allowance is appropriate.  In addition, the Bank's management also reviews and, where determined necessary, provides allowances for particular loans based upon (1) reviews of specific borrowers and (2) management’s assessment of areas that management considers are of higher credit risk, including loans that have been restructured.  Loans that are determined not to be impaired and for which there are no specific allowances are classified into one or more risk categories. Based upon the risk category assigned, the Bank allocates a percentage, as determined by management, for a required allowance needed.  The determination concerning the appropriate percentage begins with historical loss experience factors, which are then adjusted for levels and trends in past due loans, levels and trends in charged-off and recovered loans, trends in volume growth, trends in problem and watch loans, trends in TDR loans, local economic trends and conditions, industry and other conditions, and effects of changing interest rates.

Specific allowances for losses on impaired loans are established if the loan balances exceed the net present value of the relevant future cash flows or the fair value of the relevant collateral based on updated appraisals and/or updated collateral analysis for the properties if the loan is collateral dependent.  The Company may recognize a charge off related to an impaired loan when loan balances exceed net present value of cash flows or collateral.  Impaired loans decreased by $3.23 million from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013.  Impaired loans include any loan that has been placed on nonaccrual status, accruing loans past due 90 days or more and TDR loans.  Impaired loans also include loans that, based on management’s evaluation of current information and events, the Bank expects to be unable to collect in full according to the contractual terms of the original loan agreement.  The decrease in impaired loans is due to a decrease in TDR loans of $1.06 million as well as a decrease in accruing loans past due 90 days or more of $1.68 million from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013.

Watch loan balances were $84.51 million at December 31, 2013 and $98.92 million at December 31, 2012.  These asset quality changes increased the provision by $0.11 million based upon the relative mix of watch loans by category.  The $14.41 million decrease in watch loans is related to management’s evaluation of its loan portfolio.  The total decrease of $14.41 million is comprised of approximately $10.14 million in commercial real estate mortgages, $9.78 million for multi-family real estate, $0.30 million in agricultural operating loans, $0.07 million in real estate farmland, $0.02 million for loans to individuals and state and political subdivisions and $0.40 million in 1 to 4 family junior mortgages.  The decrease is offset by an increase in the watch classification of $3.00 million in construction land development and commercial real estate, $0.42 million in construction 1 to 4 family residential, $2.05 million in commercial loans, and $0.83 million in 1 to 4 family residential mortgages.

Substandard loan balances were $48.71 million at December 31, 2013 and $50.70 million at December 31, 2012.  These asset quality changes increased the provision by $0.14 million at December 31, 2013 due to the mix of the substandard loans and reduced balances.    The decrease of $1.99 million in substandard loans at December 31, 2013 includes $1.56 million in multi-family residential mortgages, $1.01 million in real estate farmland, $0.16 million of 1 to 4 family residential mortgages, $0.45 million of 1 to 4 family junior mortgages, $1.79 million in construction land development and commercial real estate, $0.24 million in construction 1 to 4 family residential real estate loans, $0.02 million in individual loans and $0.05 million in commercial and financial loans.  The decrease is offset by an increase in the substandard classification of $3.29 million of agricultural operating loans.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

The following table summarizes the Company's impaired loans and non-performing assets as of December 31 for each of the years presented:

 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
Nonaccrual loans
 
$
7,192
   
$
7,685
   
$
7,378
   
$
8,246
   
$
5,360
 
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more (1)
   
959
     
2,643
     
3,212
     
5,345
     
7,009
 
Troubled debt restructurings ("TDR loans") (2)
   
18,375
     
19,430
     
17,889
     
17,957
     
15,135
 
Total impaired loans
 
$
26,526
   
$
29,758
   
$
28,479
   
$
31,548
   
$
27,504
 
Other real estate
   
541
     
746
     
1,327
     
2,233
     
3,227
 
Non-performing assets (includes impaired loans and other real estate)
 
$
27,067
   
$
30,504
   
$
29,806
   
$
33,781
   
$
30,731
 
Loans held for investment
   
1,826,156
     
1,721,565
     
1,691,503
     
1,590,156
     
1,532,721
 
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to loans held for investment
   
1.40
%
   
1.46
%
   
1.78
%
   
1.84
%
   
1.90
%
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to impaired loans
   
96.32
     
84.55
     
105.87
     
92.65
     
106.02
 
Ratio of impaired loans to total loans held for investment
   
1.45
     
1.73
     
1.68
     
1.98
     
1.79
 
Ratio of non-performing assets to total assets
   
1.25
     
1.45
     
1.48
     
1.75
     
1.68
 

(1) As of December 31, 2012 there were $0.26 million of TDR loans included within accruing loans past due 90 days or more.  There were no TDR loans within accruing loans past due 90 days or more as of December 31, 2013, 2011, 2010 and 2009.  The accruing loans past due 90 days or more are still believed to be adequately collateralized.  Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when management believes the collection of future principal and interest is not reasonably assured.

(2) Total TDR loans were $21.09, $22.12, $21.40, $22.36, and $15.14 million as of December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.  Included in the total nonaccrual loans were $2.72, $2.69, $3.25 and $4.40 million of TDR loans as of December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The ratio of allowance for loan losses to impaired loans increased to 96.32% as of December 31, 2013 compared to 84.55% as of December 31, 2012.  The increase in 2013 is the result of an increase in loan volume as well as a change in the composition and allocation of balances within the credit quality ratings.  The ratio of impaired loans to total gross loans was 1.45% and 1.73% at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The decrease in the 2013 ratio is due to the decrease in TDR loans and accruing loans past due 90 days or more. See discussion of TDR loans and accruing loans past due 90 days or more in Item 1.

Other factors that are considered in determining the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio are the vacancy rates for both residential and commercial and retail space, current equity the borrower has in the property and overall financial strength of the customer including cash flow to continue to fund loan payments.  The Company also considers the state of the total economy including unemployment levels, vacancy rates of rental units and demand for commercial and retail space.  In most instances, the borrowers have used in their rental projections of income at least a 10% vacancy rate.  As of December 31, 2013, the unemployment levels in Johnson County and Linn County were 3.0% and 4.5%, respectively, compared to 3.6% and 5.3% in December of 2012.  These levels compare favorably to the State of Iowa at 4.2% and the national unemployment level at 6.7% in December 2013 compared to 4.9% and 7.8%, respectively in December 2012.

The residential rental vacancy rates in 2013 in Johnson County, the largest trade area for the Company, were estimated at 0.62% in Iowa City, Coralville and North Liberty and 5.0% in the Cedar Rapids area.  The estimated vacancy rates for Iowa City, Coralville and North Liberty was 3.2% and 2.1% in the Cedar Rapids area one year ago.  The State of Iowa vacancy rate is 6.1% and the national rate is 8.2% with the Midwest rate at 8.6%.  These vacancy rates one year ago were 5.5%, 8.7% and 9.3%, respectively.  The Company continues to consider those vacancy rates among other factors in its current evaluation of the real estate portion of its loan portfolio.   Favorable vacancy rates may not continue in 2014, vacancy rates may rise and affect the overall quality of the loan portfolio.

See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosures on loans.
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE

The allowance for loan losses balance is also affected by the charge-offs and recoveries for the periods presented.  For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, recoveries were $2.61 million, $2.89 million and $2.39 million, respectively; charge-offs were $3.35 million, $5.03 million and $7.13 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
 
Overall credit quality may deteriorate in 2014.  Such deterioration could cause increases in impaired loans, allowance for loan losses provision expense and net charge-offs.  Management will monitor changing market conditions as a part of its allowance for loan loss methodology.  The following table summarizes the Bank's loan loss experience for the years ended December 31 for each of the years presented:

 
 
Agricultural
   
Commercial and Financial
   
Real Estate: Construction
and land
development
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage,
farmland
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, 1 to
4 family
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, multi-family and
commercial
   
Other
   
Total
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
2013
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Beginning balance
 
$
1,653
   
$
4,573
   
$
3,175
   
$
1,746
   
$
8,088
   
$
5,104
   
$
821
   
$
25,160
 
Charge-offs
   
-
     
(1,692
)
   
(245
)
   
-
     
(887
)
   
(356
)
   
(166
)
   
(3,346
)
Recoveries
   
35
     
1,002
     
323
     
-
     
618
     
464
     
163
     
2,605
 
Provision
   
1,164
     
850
     
(335
)
   
811
     
(755
)
   
(425
)
   
(179
)
   
1,131
 
 
                                                               
Ending balance
 
$
2,852
   
$
4,733
   
$
2,918
   
$
2,557
   
$
7,064
   
$
4,787
   
$
639
   
$
25,550
 
 
 
 
Agricultural
   
Commercial and Financial
   
Real Estate: Construction
and land
development
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage,
farmland
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, 1 to
4 family
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, multi-family and
commercial
   
Other
   
Total
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
2012
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Beginning balance
 
$
1,354
   
$
6,429
   
$
4,994
   
$
1,411
   
$
9,051
   
$
6,150
   
$
761
   
$
30,150
 
Charge-offs
   
(12
)
   
(1,395
)
   
(1,648
)
   
0
     
(1,448
)
   
(318
)
   
(205
)
   
(5,026
)
Recoveries
   
71
     
1,583
     
52
     
0
     
521
     
403
     
255
     
2,885
 
Provision
   
240
     
(2,044
)
   
(223
)
   
335
     
(36
)
   
(1,131
)
   
10
     
(2,849
)
 
                                                               
Ending balance
 
$
1,653
   
$
4,573
   
$
3,175
   
$
1,746
   
$
8,088
   
$
5,104
   
$
821
   
$
25,160
 

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

 
 
Agricultural
   
Commercial and Financial
   
Real Estate: Construction
and land
development
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage,
farmland
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, 1 to
4 family
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, multi-family and
commercial
   
Other
   
Total
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
2011
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Beginning balance
 
$
2,170
   
$
6,742
   
$
4,394
   
$
1,482
   
$
7,952
   
$
5,657
   
$
833
   
$
29,230
 
Charge-offs
   
(81
)
   
(2,678
)
   
(549
)
   
(1
)
   
(2,892
)
   
(708
)
   
(220
)
   
(7,129
)
Recoveries
   
45
     
896
     
17
     
4
     
934
     
298
     
194
     
2,388
 
Provision
   
(780
)
   
1,469
     
1,132
     
(74
)
   
3,057
     
903
     
(46
)
   
5,661
 
 
                                                               
Ending balance
 
$
1,354
   
$
6,429
   
$
4,994
   
$
1,411
   
$
9,051
   
$
6,150
   
$
761
   
$
30,150
 

 
 
Agricultural
   
Commercial and Financial
   
Real Estate: Construction
and land
development
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage,
farmland
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, 1 to
4 family
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, multi-family and
commercial
   
Other
   
Total
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
2010
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Beginning balance
 
$
2,967
   
$
7,090
   
$
4,811
   
$
1,417
   
$
7,484
   
$
4,742
   
$
649
   
$
29,160
 
Charge-offs
   
(18
)
   
(3,647
)
   
(1,202
)
   
(52
)
   
(4,343
)
   
(1,507
)
   
(423
)
   
(11,192
)
Recoveries
   
248
     
946
     
81
     
44
     
583
     
152
     
283
     
2,337
 
Provision
   
(1,027
)
   
2,353
     
704
     
73
     
4,228
     
2,270
     
324
     
8,925
 
 
                                                               
Ending balance
 
$
2,170
   
$
6,742
   
$
4,394
   
$
1,482
   
$
7,952
   
$
5,657
   
$
833
   
$
29,230
 

 
 
Agricultural
   
Commercial and Financial
   
Real Estate: Construction
and land
development
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage,
farmland
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, 1 to
4 family
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, multi-family and
commercial
   
Other
   
Total
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
2009
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Beginning balance
 
$
2,258
   
$
5,357
   
$
4,612
   
$
1,210
   
$
7,381
   
$
6,211
   
$
631
   
$
27,660
 
Charge-offs
   
(82
)
   
(5,161
)
   
(436
)
   
(22
)
   
(3,064
)
   
(2,172
)
   
(515
)
   
(11,452
)
Recoveries
   
20
     
415
     
49
     
1
     
236
     
7
     
277
     
1,005
 
Provision
   
771
     
6,479
     
586
     
228
     
2,931
     
696
     
256
     
11,947
 
 
                                                               
Ending balance
 
$
2,967
   
$
7,090
   
$
4,811
   
$
1,417
   
$
7,484
   
$
4,742
   
$
649
   
$
29,160
 

The ratio of net charge-offs to average net loans outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was 0.04%, 0.13%, 0.29%, 0.58%, and 0.71% respectively.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

The Company evaluates the following loans to determine impairment:  1) all nonaccrual and TDR loans, 2) all non-consumer and non 1 to 4 family residential loans with prior charge-offs, 3) all non-consumer and non 1 to 4 family loan relationships classified as substandard and 4) loans with indications of or suspected deteriorating credit quality.

The following table presents the allowance for loan losses by type of loans and the percentage in each category to total loans as of December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, and 2009:

 
 
2013
   
2012
 
 
 
Amount
   
% of Total Allowance
   
% of Loans
to Total Loans
   
Amount
   
% of Total Allowance
   
% of Loans
to Total Loans
 
 
 
(In Thousands)
   
   
   
(In Thousands)
   
   
 
Agricultural
 
$
2,852
     
11.17
%
   
4.50
%
 
$
1,653
     
6.57
%
   
4.43
%
Commercial and financial
   
4,733
     
18.52
     
9.10
     
4,573
     
18.18
     
8.60
 
Real estate:
                                               
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
1,011
     
3.96
     
1.66
     
848
     
3.37
     
1.50
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
1,907
     
7.46
     
3.79
     
2,327
     
9.25
     
4.59
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
2,557
     
10.01
     
7.81
     
1,746
     
6.94
     
6.61
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
6,101
     
23.87
     
33.16
     
6,540
     
25.99
     
33.90
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
963
     
3.77
     
5.79
     
1,548
     
6.15
     
6.06
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
2,064
     
8.08
     
13.37
     
1,840
     
7.31
     
12.48
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
2,723
     
10.66
     
17.26
     
3,264
     
12.97
     
18.15
 
Loans to individuals
   
369
     
1.44
     
1.09
     
382
     
1.52
     
1.18
 
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
   
270
     
1.06
     
2.47
     
439
     
1.75
     
2.50
 
 
 
$
25,550
     
100.00
%
   
100.00
%
 
$
25,160
     
100.00
%
   
100.00
%

 
 
2011
   
2010
 
Agricultural
 
$
1,354
     
4.49
%
   
4.05
%
 
$
2,170
     
7.42
%
   
4.09
%
Commercial and financial
   
6,429
     
21.32
     
8.46
     
6,742
     
23.07
     
8.90
 
Real estate:
                                               
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
564
     
1.87
     
1.32
     
752
     
2.57
     
1.59
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
4,430
     
14.69
     
4.99
     
3,642
     
12.46
     
5.44
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
1,411
     
4.68
     
5.90
     
1,482
     
5.07
     
5.69
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
7,037
     
23.34
     
34.16
     
5,782
     
19.78
     
32.66
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
2,014
     
6.68
     
6.20
     
2,170
     
7.42
     
6.85
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
1,888
     
6.26
     
13.17
     
1,486
     
5.09
     
12.74
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
4,262
     
14.14
     
18.69
     
4,171
     
14.27
     
18.99
 
Loans to individuals
   
371
     
1.24
     
1.22
     
525
     
1.80
     
1.48
 
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
   
390
     
1.29
     
1.84
     
308
     
1.05
     
1.57
 
 
 
$
30,150
     
100.00
%
   
100.00
%
 
$
29,230
     
100.00
%
   
100.00
%

 
 
2009
 
Agricultural
 
$
2,967
     
10.17
%
   
4.21
%
Commercial and financial
   
7,090
     
24.31
     
10.04
 
Real estate:
                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
836
     
2.87
     
1.68
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
3,975
     
13.63
     
6.26
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
1,417
     
4.86
     
5.69
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
6,091
     
20.89
     
30.68
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
1,393
     
4.78
     
7.49
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
1,723
     
5.91
     
12.40
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
3,019
     
10.36
     
19.25
 
Loans to individuals
   
639
     
2.19
     
1.66
 
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
   
10
     
0.03
     
0.64
 
 
 
$
29,160
     
100.00
%
   
100.00
%

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

The Company believes that the allowance for loan losses is at a level commensurate with the overall risk exposure of the loan portfolio.  However, if economic conditions do not continue to improve, certain borrowers may experience difficulty and the level of impaired loans, charge-offs and delinquencies could rise and require increases in the provision for loan losses.   The Company will continue to monitor the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis and will consider the impact of economic conditions on the borrowers’ ability to repay, loan collateral values, past collection experience, the risk characteristics of the loan portfolio and such other factors that deserve current recognition.

Noninterest Income

The following table sets forth the various categories of noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 
Year Ended December 31,
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
     
2013/2012
     
2012/2011
     
2013/2012
     
2012/2011
 
 
(Amounts in thousands)
                                 
 
 
 
                                 
Net gain on sale of loans
 
$
1,925
   
$
3,549
   
$
1,986
   
$
(1,624
)
 
$
1,563
     
(45.76
)%
   
78.70
%
Trust fees
   
5,294
     
4,616
     
4,349
     
678
     
267
     
14.69
     
6.14
 
Service charges and fees
   
7,805
     
7,815
     
7,579
     
(10
)
   
236
     
(0.13
)
   
3.11
 
Rental revenue on tax credit real estate
   
1,511
     
1,587
     
1,470
     
(76
)
   
117
     
(4.79
)
   
7.96
 
Net gain on sale of other real estate owned and other reposessed assets
   
183
     
782
     
653
     
(599
)
   
129
     
(76.60
)
   
19.75
 
Other noninterest income
   
2,487
     
2,420
     
2,467
     
67
     
(47
)
   
2.77
     
(1.91
)
 
 
$
19,205
   
$
20,769
   
$
18,504
   
$
(1,564
)
 
$
2,265
     
(7.53
)%
   
12.24
%

The noninterest income of the Company was $19.21 million in 2013 compared to $20.77 million in 2012.  The decrease of $1.56 million in 2013 was the result of a combination of factors discussed below.  In 2012, the total noninterest income increased $2.27 million from 2011.

The amount of the net gain on sale of secondary market mortgage loans in each year can vary significantly.  The gain was $1.93 million in 2013, $3.55 million in 2012 and $1.99 million in 2011.  The dollar volume of loans sold in 2013 was approximately 62.35% of the volume in 2012 and 109.25% of the activity experienced in 2011.  The volume of activity in these types of loans is directly related to the level of interest rates and the number of new home sales and refinancings. The servicing of the loans sold into the secondary market is not retained by the Company so these loans do not provide an ongoing stream of income.

Trust fees increased $0.68 million to $5.29 million in 2013.  Trust fees increased $0.27 million in 2012.  As of December 31, 2013, the Bank’s Trust Department had $1.200 billion in assets under management compared to $1.121 billion and $1.025 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Trust fees are based on total assets under management.  The trust assets that are the most volatile are those that are held in common stocks, which amount to approximately 56.0% of assets under management.  In 2013, the Dow Jones Industrial Average increased 26.50%.  The market value of the Dow Jones Industrial Average increased over 7.26% in 2012 and increased over 5.53% in 2011.

The net gain on sale of other real estate owned and other repossessed assets decreased $0.60 million to $0.18 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.  The total net gain on sale of other real estate owned consisted of a $0.07 million fair market value loss adjustment on 5 properties within other real estate owned and a $0.25 million net gain on sale of 14 properties for a net gain of $0.18 million.  During the same period in 2012, the gain consisted of a $0.16 million fair market value loss adjustment on 8 such properties, a $0.94 million net gain on sale of 27 such properties for a net gain of $0.78 million.  The net gain on sale of other real estate owned decreased in 2013 due to the value of such sales, fair value adjustments and the volume of property sales.
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

Noninterest Expenses

The following table sets forth the various categories of noninterest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

 
 
Year Ended December 31,
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
     
2013/2012
     
2012/2011
     
2013/2012
     
2012/2011
 
 
 
(Amounts in thousands)
                                 
 
 
   
   
                                 
Salaries and employee benefits
 
$
24,845
   
$
23,793
   
$
22,749
   
$
1,052
   
$
1,044
     
4.42
%
   
4.59
%
Occupancy
   
3,699
     
3,332
     
3,190
     
367
     
142
     
11.01
     
4.45
 
Furniture and equipment
   
4,711
     
4,573
     
3,618
     
138
     
955
     
3.02
     
26.40
 
Office supplies and postage
   
1,706
     
1,481
     
1,302
     
225
     
179
     
15.19
     
13.75
 
Advertising and business development
   
2,638
     
2,721
     
2,173
     
(83
)
   
548
     
(3.05
)
   
25.22
 
Outside services
   
6,782
     
6,712
     
6,656
     
70
     
56
     
1.04
     
0.84
 
Rental expenses on tax credit real estate
   
1,985
     
2,548
     
1,719
     
(563
)
   
829
     
(22.10
)
   
48.23
 
FDIC insurance assessment
   
1,016
     
1,036
     
1,283
     
(20
)
   
(247
)
   
(1.93
)
   
(19.25
)
Loss on extinguishment of debt - Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
   
-
     
5,925
     
-
     
(5,925
)
   
5,925
     
(100.00
)
   
-
 
Other noninterest expense
   
1,896
     
1,810
     
1,536
     
86
     
274
     
4.75
     
17.84
 
 
 
$
49,278
   
$
53,931
   
$
44,226
   
$
(4,653
)
 
$
9,705
     
(8.63
)%
   
21.94
%

Total noninterest expenses were $49.28 and $53.93 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The decrease is $4.65 million or 8.63% in 2013 and an increase of $9.71 million or 21.94% in 2012.

Occupancy expense increased $0.37 million from 2012 to 2013.  A significant factor of the increase are the costs associated with building remodeling projects in 2013.  Office supplies and postage expense increased $0.23 million from 2012 to 2013.  Factors of this increase include costs associated with debit card printing as well as additional postage expense paid in 2013.  Rental expenses on tax credit real estate decreased $0.56 million in 2013.  The decrease is the result of a decrease in operating expenses of the tax credit real estate in which the Company invests.

Total noninterest expenses were $44.23 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.  The increase in expenses in 2012 was $9.71 million.  This included an increase of $1.04 million in salaries and benefits, which was the direct result of salary adjustments and restricted stock awards increases due to the increase in the appraised value of the Company stock.  Furniture and equipment expense increased $0.96 million in 2012 when compared to 2011 as a result of the costs related to the addition of three new branches.  In addition, there was an increase in outside services of $0.06 million.  Outside services include professional fees, courier services and ATM fees.  Advertising and business development expense increased $0.55 million from 2011 to 2012 partially due to the addition of a debit card usage program in 2012.  FDIC insurance expense decreased $0.25 million in 2012 due to the change in the premium calculation base.  In an effort to utilize the Bank’s liquidity, improve net interest margin and decrease interest rate risk in the future the Bank prepaid $60.00 million of Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2012.  The Bank incurred a prepayment penalty of $5.93 million recorded as loss on extinguishment of debt during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

Income Taxes

Income tax expense was $10.91, $10.54 and $10.83 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Income taxes as a percentage of income before income taxes were 29.62% in 2013, 28.21% in 2012 and 28.80% in 2011.  The amount of tax credits were $1.99, $1.99 and $1.99 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Effects of Inflation

The consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  These principles require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollar amounts without considering the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.  The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of the Company’s operations.  Unlike industrial companies, nearly all of the assets and liabilities of the Company are monetary in nature.  As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact in the Company’s performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation.  Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the price of goods and services.  In the current economic environment, liquidity and interest rate adjustments are features of the Company’s asset/liability management, which are important to the maintenance of acceptable performance levels.  Item 7A of this Form 10-K contains a more thorough discussion of interest rate risk.  The Company attempts to maintain a balance between monetary assets and monetary liabilities, over time, to offset the potential effects of changing interest rates.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

On an unconsolidated basis, the Company had cash balances of $3.02 million as of December 31, 2013.  In 2013, the Company received dividends of $5.21 million from its subsidiary Bank and used those funds to pay dividends to its stockholders of $5.19 million and to fund purchases of treasury stock under the 2005 Stock Repurchase Program.  The total purchase of treasury stock under the 2005 Stock Repurchase Program totaled $1.39 and $2.44 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Company filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-3 a registration statement for the sale of up to $30 million of the Company’s common stock.  The Company sold during 2011 an additional 412,660 shares of the Company’s common stock for $63.00 per share, bolstering capital by $25.83 million after expenses.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, stockholders' equity, before deducting for the maximum cash obligation related to the ESOP, was $273.36 million and $255.91 million, respectively.  This measure of stockholders’ equity as a percent of total assets was 12.61% at December 31, 2013 and 12.19% at December 31, 2012.  As of December 31, 2013, total equity, after deducting the maximum cash value related to the ESOP, was 11.25% of assets compared to 10.73% of assets at the prior year end.

The Company and the Bank are subject to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, and the Bank is subject to Prompt Corrective Action Rules as determined and enforced by the Federal Reserve.  These regulations establish minimum capital requirements that member banks must maintain.

The Bank is classified as "well capitalized" by FDIC capital guidelines.  For more information regarding regulatory capital requirements, see the section under Part I, Item 1 to this 10-K captioned “Supervision and Regulation.”

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

On a consolidated basis, 2013 cash flows from operations provided $59.80 million and net increases in deposits provided $47.33 million.  These cash flows were invested in Net Loans of $106.47 million and $58.50 million in purchases of investment securities.  In addition, $2.00 million was used to purchase property and equipment and leasehold improvements.

The Bank has a contingency funding plan to address liquidity issues in times of crisis.  The primary source of funding will be the Bank’s customer deposit base.  The Bank has established alternative sources of funding available to increase liquidity.  The availability of the funding sources is tested on an annual basis.  The Bank performs quarterly stress testing to determine if the Bank has an appropriate amount of funding sources to address potential liquidity needs. At December 31, 2013, the Bank had total outstanding loan commitments and unused portions of lines of credit totaling $360.95 million (see Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements).  Management believes that its liquidity levels are sufficient at this time, but the Bank may increase its liquidity by limiting the growth of its assets, by selling more loans in the secondary market or selling portions of loans to other banks through participation agreements.  Another liquidity source includes obtaining additional funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB).  As of December 31, 2013, the Bank can obtain an additional $422.41 million from the FHLB based on the current real estate mortgage loans held.  In addition, the Bank has arranged $193.37 million of credit lines at three banks.  The borrowings under these credit lines would be secured by the Bank’s investment securities.  Other liquidity sources include a $10.00 million line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago and various sources of brokered deposits.

The following table shows outstanding balances, weighted average interest rates at year end, maximum month-end balances, average month-end balances and weighted average interest rates of federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase during 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
   
 
Outstanding balance as of December 31
 
$
42,016
   
$
38,783
   
$
52,785
 
Weighted average interest rate at year end
   
0.29
%
   
0.34
%
   
0.40
%
Maximum month-end balance
   
42,500
     
50,286
     
77,820
 
Average month-end balance
   
36,579
     
46,192
     
51,391
 
Weighted average interest rate for the year
   
0.31
%
   
0.39
%
   
0.70
%
 
The following table shows outstanding balances, weighted average interest rates at year end, maximum month-end balances, average month-end balances and weighted average interest rates of Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings during 2013, 2012 and 2011:

 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
   
 
Outstanding balance as of December 31
 
$
125,000
   
$
125,000
   
$
185,000
 
Weighted average interest rate at year end
   
4.41
%
   
4.41
%
   
4.26
%
Maximum month-end balance
   
125,000
     
185,000
     
195,000
 
Average month-end balance
   
125,000
     
173,900
     
187,043
 
Weighted average interest rate for the year
   
4.41
%
   
4.29
%
   
4.22
%

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation (Continued)

The Bank has off-balance sheet commitments to fund additional borrowings of customers as well as derivative financial instruments, consisting of interest rate swaps as disclosed in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  Contractual commitments to fund loans are met from the proceeds of federal funds sold or investment securities and additional borrowings.  Many of the contractual commitments to extend credit will not be funded because they represent the credit limits on credit cards and home equity lines of credits.

As disclosed in Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company has certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts. The following table summarizes significant contractual obligations and other commitments as of December 31, 2013:

 
 
Payments Due By Period
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
Less Than
   
One -
   
Three -
   
More Than
 
 
 
Total
   
One Year
   
Three Years
   
Five Years
   
Five Years
 
Contractual obligations:
 
   
   
   
   
 
Long-term debt obligations
 
$
125,000
   
$
-
   
$
105,000
   
$
20,000
   
$
-
 
Operating lease obligations
   
1,983
     
437
     
874
     
596
     
76
 
Total contractual obligations:
 
$
126,983
   
$
437
   
$
105,874
   
$
20,596
   
$
76
 
 
                                       
Other commitments:
                                       
Lines of credit
 
$
360,945
   
$
248,406
   
$
90,781
   
$
13,547
   
$
8,211
 
Standby letters of credit
   
11,019
     
11,019
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total other commitments
 
$
371,964
   
$
259,425
   
$
90,781
   
$
13,547
   
$
8,211
 
 
The Company and the Bank have no material commitments or plans that will materially affect liquidity or capital resources.  Property and equipment may be acquired in cash purchases, or they may be financed if favorable terms are available.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The Company's primary market risk exposure is to changes in interest rates.  Interest rate risk is the risk to current or anticipated earnings or capital arising from movements in interest rates.  Interest rate risk arises from repricing risk, basis risk, yield curve risk and options risk.  Repricing risk is the difference between the timing of rate changes and the timing of cash flows.  Basis risk is the difference from changing rate relationships among different yield curve affecting Bank activities.  Yield curve risk is the difference from changing rate relationships across the spectrum of maturities.  Option risk is the difference resulting from interest-related options imbedded in Bank products.  The Bank’s primary source of interest rate risk exposure arises from repricing risk.  To measure this risk the Bank uses a static gap measurement system that identifies the repricing gaps across the full maturity spectrum of the Bank’s assets and liabilities and an earnings simulation approach.  The gap schedule is known as the interest rate sensitivity report.  The report reflects the repricing characteristics of the Bank’s assets and liabilities.  The report details the calculation of the gap ratio.  This ratio indicated the amount if interest-earning assets repricing within a given period in comparison to the amount of interest-bearing liabilities repricing within the same period of time.  A gap ratio of 1.0 indicates a matched position, in which case the effect on net interest income due to interest rate movements will be minimal.  A gap ratio of less than 1.0 indicates that more liabilities than assets reprice within the time period, and a ratio greater than 1.0 indicates that more assets reprice than liabilities.

The Company's asset/liability management, or its management of interest rate risk, is focused primarily on evaluating and managing net interest income given various risk criteria.  Factors beyond the Company's control, such as market interest rates and competition, may also have an impact on the Company's interest income and interest expense.  In the absence of other factors, the Company's overall yield on interest-earning assets will increase as will its cost of funds on its interest-bearing liabilities when market interest rates increase over an extended period of time.  Inversely, the Company's yields and cost of funds will decrease when market rates decline.  The Company is able to manage these swings to some extent by attempting to control the maturity or rate adjustments of its interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities over given periods of time.

The Bank maintains an Asset/Liability Committee, which meets at least quarterly to review the interest rate sensitivity position and to review and develop various strategies for managing interest rate risk within the context of the following factors: 1) capital adequacy, 2) asset/liability mix, 3) economic outlook, 4) market characteristics and 5) the interest rate forecast.  In addition, the Bank uses a simulation model to review various assumptions relating to interest rate movement.  The model attempts to limit rate risk even if it appears the Bank’s asset and liability maturities are perfectly matched and a favorable interest margin is present.  The Bank’s policy is to generally maintain a balance between profitability and interest rate risk.

The Bank uses derivative financial instruments, when needed, to manage the impact of changes in interest rates on future interest income or interest expense.  The Bank is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to these derivative instruments, but believe the risk of the these losses has been minimized by entering into the contracts with large, stable financial institutions.  The estimated fair market value of these derivative instruments are presented in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In order to minimize the potential effects of adverse material and prolonged increases or decreases in market interest rates on the Company's operations, management has implemented an asset/liability program designed to mitigate the Company's interest rate sensitivity.  The program emphasizes the origination of adjustable rate loans, which are held in the portfolio, the investment of excess cash in short or intermediate term interest-earning assets, and the solicitation of transaction deposit accounts, which are less sensitive to changes in interest rates and can be re-priced rapidly.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (Continued)

The table set forth below includes the portion of the balances in interest-bearing checking, savings and money market accounts that management has estimated to mature within one year. The classifications are used because the Bank’s historical data indicates that these have been very stable deposits without much interest rate fluctuation.  Historically, these accounts would not need to be adjusted upward as quickly in a period of rate increases so the interest risk exposure would be less than the re-pricing schedule indicates. The FHLB borrowings are classified based on either their due date or if they are callable on their most likely call date based on the interest rate.

 
 
Repricing
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
Maturities
   
Days
   
More Than
   
 
 
 
Immediately
     
2-30
     
31-90
     
91-180
     
181-365
   
One Year
   
Total
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
Earning assets:
 
                                   
   
 
Excess Cash
 
$
14,300
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
14,300
 
Federal funds sold
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Investment securities
   
-
     
3,700
     
14,091
     
14,631
     
17,764
     
195,903
     
246,089
 
Loans
   
9,430
     
156,634
     
32,701
     
67,351
     
102,827
     
1,462,781
     
1,831,724
 
Total
   
23,730
     
160,334
     
46,792
     
81,982
     
120,591
     
1,658,684
     
2,092,113
 
Sources of funds:
                                                       
Interest-bearing checking and savings accounts
   
106,997
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
814,922
     
921,919
 
Certificates of deposit
   
-
     
19,667
     
28,828
     
71,609
     
110,170
     
300,896
     
531,170
 
FHLB borrowings
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
125,000
     
125,000
 
Federal funds and repurchase agreements
   
42,016
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
42,016
 
 
   
149,013
     
19,667
     
28,828
     
71,609
     
110,170
     
1,240,818
     
1,620,105
 
 
                                                       
Other sources, primarily noninterest-bearing
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
256,788
     
256,788
 
Total sources
   
149,013
     
19,667
     
28,828
     
71,609
     
110,170
     
1,497,606
     
1,876,893
 
Interest
                                                       
Rate Gap
 
$
(125,283
)
 
$
140,667
   
$
17,964
   
$
10,373
   
$
10,421
   
$
161,078
   
$
215,220
 
 
                                                       
Cumulative Interest
                                                       
 
                                                       
Rate Gap at December 31, 2013
 
$
(125,283
)
 
$
15,384
   
$
33,348
   
$
43,721
   
$
54,142
   
$
215,220
         
 
                                                       
 
                                                       
Gap Ratio
   
0.16
     
8.15
     
1.62
     
1.14
     
1.09
     
1.11
         
 
                                                       
Cumulative Gap Ratio
   
0.16
     
1.09
     
1.17
     
1.16
     
1.14
     
1.11
         

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk (Continued)

Based on the data following, net interest income should decline with instantaneous increases in interest rates while net interest income should increase with instantaneous declines in interest rates.  Generally, during periods of increasing interest rates, the Company's interest rate sensitive liabilities would re-price faster than its interest rate sensitive assets causing a decline in the Company's interest rate spread and margin.  This would tend to reduce net interest income because the resulting increase in the Company’s cost of funds would not be immediately offset by an increase in its yield on earning assets. In times of decreasing interest rates, fixed rate assets could increase in value and the lag in re-pricing of interest rate sensitive assets could be expected to have a positive effect on the Company's net interest income.

The following table, which presents principal cash flows and related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates, provides information about the Company's loans, investment securities and deposits that are sensitive to changes in interest rates.

 
 
2014
   
2015
   
2016
   
2017
   
2018
   
Thereafter
   
Total
   
Fair Value
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
Assets:
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Loans, fixed:
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Balance
 
$
107,107
   
$
70,098
   
$
104,978
   
$
214,623
   
$
199,033
   
$
194,600
   
$
890,439
   
$
896,715
 
Average interest rate
   
4.66
%
   
5.06
%
   
4.72
%
   
4.34
%
   
4.14
%
   
4.12
%
   
4.39
%
       
 
                                                               
Loans, variable:
                                                               
Balance
 
$
232,157
   
$
61,735
   
$
111,758
   
$
156,498
   
$
182,451
   
$
191,118
   
$
935,717
   
$
938,437
 
Average interest rate
   
4.32
%
   
5.83
%
   
4.53
%
   
4.32
%
   
4.05
%
   
4.26
%
   
4.38
%
       
 
                                                               
Investments (1):
                                                               
Balance
 
$
58,038
   
$
31,770
   
$
31,584
   
$
31,086
   
$
23,422
   
$
70,189
   
$
246,089
   
$
246,089
 
Average interest rate
   
2.10
%
   
2.07
%
   
2.32
%
   
2.90
%
   
3.10
%
   
2.93
%
   
2.56
%
       
 
                                                               
Liabilities:
                                                               
Liquid deposits (2):
                                                               
Balance
 
$
921,919
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
921,919
   
$
921,905
 
Average interest rate
   
0.20
%
   
0.00
%
   
0.00
%
   
0.00
%
   
0.00
%
   
0.00
%
   
0.20
%
       
 
                                                               
Deposits, certificates:
                                                               
Balance
 
$
230,274
   
$
156,489
   
$
82,552
   
$
42,711
   
$
19,144
   
$
-
   
$
531,170
   
$
536,530
 
Average interest rate
   
1.19
%
   
1.90
%
   
2.08
%
   
1.58
%
   
1.26
%
   
0.00
%
   
1.57
%
       

(1) Includes all available-for-sale investments, federal funds and Federal Home Loan Bank stock.

(2) Includes NOW and other demand, savings and money market funds.
Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The consolidated financial statements and supplementary data are included on pages 57 through 129.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders
Hills Bancorporation
Hills, Iowa

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Hills Bancorporation as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.  The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).   Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  Our audits included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hills Bancorporation as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Hills Bancorporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 11, 2014, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
/s/ BKD LLP
 
Springfield, Missouri
March 11, 2014
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders
Hills Bancorporation
Hills, Iowa

We have audited Hills Bancorporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of reliable financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), our examination of Hills Bancorporation’s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and with the instructions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C).  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention, or timely detection and correction of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Page 58

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, Hills Bancorporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
 
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of Hills Bancorporation and our report dated March 11, 2014, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/ BKD LLP
 
Springfield, Missouri
March 11, 2014
2500 Ruan Center
666 Grand Avenue
Des Moines, IA 50309
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Hills Bancorporation:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of Hills Bancorporation and subsidiary (the Company) for the year ended December 31, 2011.  These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Hills Bancorporation and subsidiary for the year ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/ KPMG LLP
 
Des Moines, Iowa
March 9, 2012
HILLS BANCORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2013 and 2012
(Amounts In Thousands, Except Shares)
 
ASSETS
 
2013
   
2012
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
43,702
   
$
63,582
 
Investment securities available for sale at fair value (amortized cost 2013 $236,702; 2012 $219,777) (Notes 1, 2 and 13)
   
238,510
     
226,182
 
Stock of Federal Home Loan Bank
   
7,579
     
8,062
 
Loans held for sale
   
4,927
     
28,256
 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses (2013 $25,550; 2012 $25,160) (Notes 1, 3, and 12)
   
1,801,247
     
1,697,002
 
Property and equipment, net (Note 4)
   
29,836
     
30,624
 
Tax credit real estate
   
18,180
     
18,745
 
Accrued interest receivable
   
7,676
     
7,851
 
Deferred income taxes, net (Note 10)
   
8,605
     
7,144
 
Other real estate
   
541
     
746
 
Goodwill
   
2,500
     
2,500
 
Prepaid FDIC insurance
   
-
     
2,957
 
Other assets
   
4,492
     
6,069
 
Total Assets
 
$
2,167,795
   
$
2,099,720
 
 
               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
Liabilities
               
Noninterest-bearing deposits
 
$
256,788
   
$
273,973
 
Interest-bearing deposits (Note 5)
   
1,453,089
     
1,388,571
 
Total deposits
   
1,709,877
     
1,662,544
 
Short-term borrowings (Note 6)
   
42,016
     
38,783
 
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings (Note 7)
   
125,000
     
125,000
 
Accrued interest payable
   
1,102
     
1,361
 
Other liabilities
   
16,437
     
16,121
 
Total Liabilities
   
1,894,432
     
1,843,809
 
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 9 and 15)
               
 
               
Redeemable Common Stock Held By Employee Stock
               
Ownership Plan (ESOP) (Note 9)
   
29,574
     
30,715
 
 
               
Stockholders' Equity (Note 11)
               
Common stock, no par value; authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued 2013 5,074,894 shares; 2012 5,064,383 shares
   
-
     
-
 
Paid in capital
   
42,194
     
42,241
 
Retained earnings
   
250,370
     
229,625
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (Note 8)
   
1,591
     
3,955
 
Unearned ESOP shares
   
(1,008
)
   
(1,513
)
Treasury stock at cost (2013 347,269 shares; 2012 328,065 shares)
   
(19,784
)
   
(18,397
)
Total Stockholders' Equity
   
273,363
     
255,911
 
Less maximum cash obligation related to ESOP shares (Note 9)
   
29,574
     
30,715
 
Total Stockholders' Equity Less Maximum Cash Obligations Related To ESOP Shares
   
243,789
     
225,196
 
Total Liabilities & Stockholders' Equity
 
$
2,167,795
   
$
2,099,720
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

HILLS BANCORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(Amounts In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts)
 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
Interest income:
 
   
   
 
Loans, including fees
 
$
80,230
   
$
83,787
   
$
87,032
 
Investment securities:
                       
Taxable
   
1,254
     
1,897
     
2,797
 
Nontaxable
   
3,337
     
3,397
     
3,451
 
Federal funds sold
   
74
     
134
     
70
 
Total interest income
   
84,895
     
89,215
     
93,350
 
Interest expense:
                       
Deposits
   
11,112
     
13,724
     
15,989
 
Short-term borrowings
   
146
     
220
     
377
 
FHLB borrowings
   
5,590
     
7,583
     
7,995
 
Total interest expense
   
16,848
     
21,527
     
24,361
 
Net interest income
   
68,047
     
67,688
     
68,989
 
Provision for loan losses (Note 3)
   
1,131
     
(2,849
)
   
5,661
 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
   
66,916
     
70,537
     
63,328
 
Noninterest income:
                       
Net gain on sale of loans
   
1,925
     
3,549
     
1,986
 
Trust fees
   
5,294
     
4,616
     
4,349
 
Service charges and fees
   
7,805
     
7,815
     
7,579
 
Rental revenue on tax credit real estate
   
1,511
     
1,587
     
1,470
 
Net gain on sale of other real estate owned and other repossessed assets
   
183
     
782
     
653
 
Other noninterest income
   
2,487
     
2,420
     
2,467
 
 
   
19,205
     
20,769
     
18,504
 
Noninterest expenses:
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
   
24,845
     
23,793
     
22,749
 
Occupancy
   
3,699
     
3,332
     
3,190
 
Furniture and equipment
   
4,711
     
4,573
     
3,618
 
Office supplies and postage
   
1,706
     
1,481
     
1,302
 
Advertising and business development
   
2,638
     
2,721
     
2,173
 
Outside services
   
6,782
     
6,712
     
6,656
 
Rental expenses on tax credit real estate
   
1,985
     
2,548
     
1,719
 
FDIC insurance assessment
   
1,016
     
1,036
     
1,283
 
Loss on extinguishment of debt - Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
   
-
     
5,925
     
-
 
Other noninterest expenses
   
1,896
     
1,810
     
1,536
 
 
   
49,278
     
53,931
     
44,226
 
Income before income taxes
   
36,843
     
37,375
     
37,606
 
Income taxes (Note 10)
   
10,912
     
10,542
     
10,829
 
Net income
 
$
25,931
   
$
26,833
   
$
26,777
 
 
                       
Earnings per share:
                       
Basic
 
$
5.51
   
$
5.69
   
$
6.02
 
Diluted
   
5.50
     
5.68
     
6.01
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

HILLS BANCORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
 
 
   
   
 
Net income
 
$
25,931
   
$
26,833
   
$
26,777
 
 
                       
Other comprehensive (loss) income
                       
Securities:
                       
Net change in unrealized gain on securities available for sale
 
$
(4,580
)
 
$
(1,656
)
 
$
3,581
 
Reclassification adjustment for net (gains) losses realized in net income
   
(17
)
   
6
     
(29
)
Income taxes
   
1,758
     
631
     
(1,359
)
Other comprehensive (loss) income on securities available for sale
 
$
(2,839
)
 
$
(1,019
)
 
$
2,193
 
Derivatives used in cash flow hedging relationships:
                       
Unrealized gain on derivatives
 
$
769
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Income taxes
   
(294
)
   
-
     
-
 
Other comprehensive income on cash flow hedges
 
$
475
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
 
                       
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
 
$
(2,364
)
 
$
(1,019
)
 
$
2,193
 
 
                       
Comprehensive income
 
$
23,567
   
$
25,814
   
$
28,970
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

HILLS BANCORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(Amounts In Thousands, Except Share Data)
 
 
 
Paid In
Capital
   
Retained
Earnings
   
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   
Unearned
ESOP
Shares
   
Treasury
Stock
   
Maximum
Cash
Obligation
Related
To ESOP
Shares
   
Total
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Balance, December 31, 2010
 
$
14,875
   
$
185,412
   
$
2,781
   
$
-
   
$
(11,854
)
 
$
(24,945
)
 
$
166,269
 
Issuance of 388,376 shares of common stock
   
23,976
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
23,976
 
Forfeiture of 1,022 shares of common stock
   
(54
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
(54
)
Share-based compensation
   
16
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
16
 
Income tax benefit related to share-based compensation
   
132
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
132
 
Change related to ESOP shares
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
(2,881
)
   
(2,881
)
Purchase of 40,028 shares under the
                                                       
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
   
2,522
     
-
     
-
     
(2,522
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Release of 7,314 shares of common stock under the employee stock ownership plan
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
505
     
-
     
-
     
505
 
Net income
   
-
     
26,777
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
26,777
 
Cash dividends ($1.00 per share)
   
-
     
(4,399
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
(4,399
)
 
                                                       
Purchase of 65,901 shares of common stock
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
(4,105
)
   
-
     
(4,105
)
Other comprehensive income
   
-
     
-
     
2,193
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
2,193
 
Balance, December 31, 2011
 
$
41,467
   
$
207,790
   
$
4,974
   
$
(2,017
)
 
$
(15,959
)
 
$
(27,826
)
 
$
208,429
 
Issuance of 12,825 shares of common stock
   
647
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
647
 
Issuance of 375 shares of common stock under the employee stock purchase plan
   
25
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
25
 
Forfeiture of 718 shares of common stock
   
(41
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
(41
)
Share-based compensation
   
20
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
20
 
Income tax benefit related to share-based compensation
   
92
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
92
 
Change related to ESOP shares
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
(2,889
)
   
(2,889
)
Release of 8,724 shares of common stock under the employee stock ownership plan
   
31
     
-
     
-
     
504
     
-
     
-
     
535
 
Net income
   
-
     
26,833
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
26,833
 
Cash dividends ($1.05 per share)
   
-
     
(4,998
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
(4,998
)
Purchase of 35,892 shares of common stock
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
(2,438
)
   
-
     
(2,438
)
Other comprehensive loss
   
-
     
-
     
(1,019
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
(1,019
)
Balance, December 31, 2012
 
$
42,241
   
$
229,625
   
$
3,955
   
$
(1,513
)
 
$
(18,397
)
 
$
(30,715
)
 
$
225,196
 
Issuance of 8,964 shares of common stock
   
443
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
443
 
Issuance of 2,072 shares of common stock under the employee stock purchase plan
   
146
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
146
 
Unearned restricted stock compensation
   
(800
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
(800
)
Forfeiture of 525 shares of common stock
   
(35
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
(35
)
Share-based compensation
   
28
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
28
 
Income tax benefit related to share-based compensation
   
92
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
92
 
Change related to ESOP shares
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
1,141
     
1,141
 
Release of 8,360 shares of common stock under the employee stock ownership plan
   
79
     
-
     
-
     
505
     
-
     
-
     
584
 
Net income
   
-
     
25,931
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
25,931
 
Cash dividends ($1.10 per share)
   
-
     
(5,186
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
(5,186
)
Purchase of 19,204 shares of common stock
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
(1,387
)
   
-
     
(1,387
)
Other comprehensive loss
   
-
     
-
     
(2,364
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
(2,364
)
Balance, December 31, 2013
 
$
42,194
   
$
250,370
   
$
1,591
   
$
(1,008
)
 
$
(19,784
)
 
$
(29,574
)
 
$
243,789
 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

HILLS BANCORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
 
   
   
 
Net income
 
$
25,931
   
$
26,833
   
$
26,777
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation
   
2,790
     
2,788
     
2,425
 
Provision for loan losses
   
1,131
     
(2,849
)
   
5,661
 
Net (gain) loss on sale of investment securities
   
(17
)
   
6
     
(29
)
Share-based compensation
   
28
     
20
     
16
 
Compensation expensed through issuance of common stock
   
997
     
1,032
     
921
 
Excess tax benefits related to share-based compensation
   
(92
)
   
(92
)
   
(132
)
Forfeiture of common stock
   
(35
)
   
(41
)
   
(54
)
Provision for deferred income taxes
   
3
     
2,018
     
(20
)
Net gain on sale of other real estate owned and other repossessed assets
   
(183
)
   
(782
)
   
(653
)
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable
   
175
     
838
     
(3
)
Amortization of discount on investment securities, net
   
1,089
     
1,027
     
966
 
Decrease in prepaid FDIC insurance
   
2,957
     
922
     
1,159
 
Decrease (increase) in other assets
   
2,438
     
(975
)
   
(1,082
)
(Decrease) increase in accrued interest and other liabilities
   
(743
)
   
(1,298
)
   
1,380
 
Loans originated for sale
   
(204,875
)
   
(328,577
)
   
(187,536
)
Proceeds on sales of loans
   
230,129
     
328,485
     
175,297
 
Net gain on sales of loans
   
(1,925
)
   
(3,549
)
   
(1,986
)
Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities
   
59,798
     
25,806
     
23,107
 
 
                       
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
                       
Proceeds from maturities of investment securities available for sale
   
40,423
     
48,615
     
45,616
 
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale
   
566
     
721
     
529
 
Purchases of investment securities available for sale
   
(58,503
)
   
(64,167
)
   
(49,022
)
Loans made to customers, net of collections
   
(106,466
)
   
(34,052
)
   
(110,867
)
Proceeds on sale of other real estate owned and other repossessed assets
   
1,478
     
3,178
     
3,758
 
Purchases of property and equipment
   
(2,002
)
   
(3,091
)
   
(5,940
)
Income from tax credit real estate, net
   
565
     
1,385
     
830
 
Net cash and cash equivalents used in investing activities
   
(123,939
)
   
(47,411
)
   
(115,096
)
 
(Continued)

HILLS BANCORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
 
   
   
 
Net increase in deposits
   
47,333
     
137,067
     
44,736
 
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings
   
3,233
     
(14,002
)
   
5,857
 
Payments on FHLB borrowings
   
-
     
(60,000
)
   
(10,000
)
Borrowings from FRB
   
1
     
1
     
100
 
Payments on FRB borrowings
   
(1
)
   
(1
)
   
(100
)
Issuance of common stock, net of costs
   
-
     
-
     
25,825
 
Stock options exercised
   
175
     
175
     
256
 
Excess tax benefits related to share-based compensation
   
93
     
92
     
132
 
Purchase of treasury stock
   
(1,387
)
   
(2,438
)
   
(4,105
)
Dividends paid
   
(5,186
)
   
(4,998
)
   
(4,399
)
Net cash and cash equivalents provided by financing activities
   
44,261
     
55,896
     
58,302
 
 
                       
(Decrease) Increase in cash and cash equivalents
 
$
(19,880
)
 
$
34,291
   
$
(33,687
)
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents:
                       
Beginning of year
   
63,582
     
29,291
     
62,978
 
End of year
 
$
43,702
   
$
63,582
   
$
29,291
 
 
                       
Supplemental Disclosures
                       
Cash payments for:
                       
Interest paid to depositors
 
$
11,371
   
$
13,988
   
$
16,360
 
Interest paid on other obligations
   
5,736
     
7,803
     
8,372
 
Income taxes paid
   
9,616
     
9,773
     
11,225
 
 
                       
Noncash financing activities:
                       
(Decrease) increase in maximum cash obligation related to ESOP shares
 
$
(1,141
)
 
$
2,889
   
$
2,881
 
Transfers to other real estate owned
   
1,090
     
1,815
     
2,199
 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Nature of Activities and Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of activities:  Hills Bancorporation (the "Company") is a holding company engaged in the business of commercial banking.  The Company's subsidiary is Hills Bank and Trust Company, Hills, Iowa (the “Bank”), which is wholly-owned.  The Bank is a full-service commercial bank extending its services to individuals, businesses, governmental units and institutional customers primarily in the communities of Hills, Iowa City, Coralville, North Liberty, Lisbon, Mount Vernon, Washington, Kalona, Wellman, Cedar Rapids and Marion, Iowa.

The Bank competes with other financial institutions and non-financial institutions providing similar financial products.  Although the loan activity of the Bank is diversified with commercial and agricultural loans, real estate loans, automobile, installment and other consumer loans, the Bank's credit is concentrated in real estate loans.  All of the Company’s operations are considered to be one reportable operating segment.

Accounting estimates:  The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Certain significant estimates:  The allowance for loan losses, fair values of securities and other financial instruments, and share-based compensation expense involves certain significant estimates made by management.  These estimates are reviewed by management routinely and it is reasonably possible that circumstances that exist at December 31, 2013 may change in the near-term future and that the effect could be material to the consolidated financial statements.

Principles of consolidation:  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiary.  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Revenue recognition: Interest income on loans and investment securities is recognized on the accrual method. Loan origination fees are recognized when the loans are sold. Trust fees, deposit account service charges and other fees are recognized when the services are provided or when customers use the services.

Cash and cash equivalents:  The Company considers all investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, cash equivalents consisted primarily of deposits with other banks.

Investment securities:  Available-for-sale securities consist of debt securities not classified as trading or held to maturity.  Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value, and unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related deferred tax effect, are reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity.  There were no trading or held to maturity securities as of December 31, 2013 or 2012.

Stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank is carried at cost.  The Company has evaluated the stock and determined there is no impairment.

Premiums and discounts on debt securities are amortized or accreted over the period to maturity of those securities.  The method of amortization results in a constant effective yield on those securities (the interest method).  Realized gains and losses on investment securities are included in income, determined on the basis of the cost of the specific securities sold.
HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Nature of Activities and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Investment securities (continued):

Declines in the fair value of investment securities available for sale (with certain exceptions for debt securities noted below) that are deemed to be other-than-temporary are charged to earnings as a realized loss, and a new cost basis for the securities is established.  In evaluating other-than-temporary impairment, the Company considers the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value in the near term.  Declines in the fair value of debt securities below amortized cost are deemed to be other-than-temporary in circumstances where: (1) the Company has the intent to sell a security; (2) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security.  If the Company intends to sell a security or if it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery, an other-than-temporary impairment write-down is recognized in earnings equal to the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value.  If the Company does not intend to sell the security or it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery, the other-than-temporary impairment write-down is separated into an amount representing credit loss, which is recognized in earnings, and an amount related to all other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income.  Realized securities gains or losses on securities sales (using specific identification method) and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary are included in investment securities gains (losses), net, in the consolidated statements of income.

Loans:  Loans are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by the allowance for loan losses.  Interest income is accrued on the unpaid balances as earned.

Loans held for sale are stated at the lower of aggregate cost or estimated fair value.  Loans are sold on a non-recourse basis with servicing released and gains and losses are recognized based on the difference between sales proceeds and the carrying value of the loan.  The Company has had very few experiences of repurchasing loans previously sold into the secondary market.  A specific reserve was not considered necessary based on the Company’s historical experience with repurchase activity.

The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense.  Loans are charged against the allowance when management believes the collectability of principal is unlikely.  The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for probable losses that can be reasonably anticipated.  The allowance is increased by provisions charged to expense and is reduced by net charge-offs.  The Bank makes continuous reviews of the loan portfolio and considers current economic conditions, historical loss experience, review of specific problem loans and other factors in determining the adequacy of the allowance.  Management classifies loans within the following industry standard categories: watch, substandard and loss.

The policy for charging off loans is consistent throughout all loan categories.  A loan is charged off based on criteria that includes but is not limited to:  delinquency status, financial condition of the entire customer credit line and underlying collateral coverage, economic or external conditions that might impact full repayment of the loan, legal issues, overdrafts, and the customer’s willingness to work with the Company.

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Nature of Activities and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Loans (continued):

Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Bank will not be able to collect all amounts due.  An impaired loan includes any loan that has been placed on nonaccrual status, loans greater than 90 days past due and still accruing and TDR loans.  They also include loans, based on current information and events, that it is likely the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the original loan agreement.  The portion of the allowance for loan losses applicable to impaired loans has been computed based on the present value of the estimated future cash flows of interest and principal discounted at the loans effective interest rate or on the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans.  The entire change in present value of expected cash flows of impaired loans or of collateral value is reported as provision expense in the same manner in which impairment initially was recognized or as a reduction in the amount of provision expense that otherwise would be reported.  Interest income on nonaccrual loans is recognized once principal has been recovered.

The accrual of interest income on loans is discontinued when, in the opinion of management, there is reasonable doubt as to the borrower's ability to meet payments of interest or principal when they become due, which is generally when a loan is 90 days or more past due.  When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all previously accrued and unpaid interest is reversed.  Loans are returned to an accrual status when all of the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest is expected.   A loan may also return to accrual status if additional collateral is received from the borrower and, in the opinion of management, the financial position of the borrower indicates that there is no longer any reasonable doubt as to the collection of the amount contractually due.  Payment received on nonaccrual loans are applied first to principal.  Once principal is recovered, any remaining payments received are applied to interest income.  As of December 31, 2013, none of the Company’s nonaccrual loans were earning on a cash basis.

Nonrefundable loan fees and origination costs are deferred and recognized as a yield adjustment over the life of the related loan.

Troubled debt restructurings (“TDR loans”):  A loan is classified as a troubled debt restructuring when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties that leads to a restructuring of the loan, and the Company grants concessions to the borrower in the restructuring that it would not otherwise consider.  These concessions may include rate reductions, principal forgiveness, extension of maturity date and other actions intended to minimize potential losses to the Company.  A loan that is modified at a market rate of interest is no longer classified as troubled debt restructuring in the calendar year subsequent to the restructuring if it is in compliance with the modified terms.  Performance prior to the restructuring is considered when assessing whether the borrower can meet the new terms.  At the time of restructuring, the majority of loans included in a troubled debt restructuring are considered nonaccrual loans.  TDR loans are returned to accrual status under the same criteria noted under loans above.

Transfers of financial assets:  Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.

Credit related financial instruments:  In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into commitments to extend credit, including commitments under credit card arrangements, commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit.  Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Nature of Activities and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Tax credit real estate:  Tax credit real estate represents two multi-family rental properties, three assisted living rental properties, a multi-tenant rental property for persons with disabilities, and a multi-family senior living rental property all which are affordable housing projects as of December 31, 2013.  The Bank has a 99% limited partnership interest in each limited partnership.  The investment in each was completed after the projects had been developed by the general partner.  The properties are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation.  The Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying value on a regular basis.  If the recoverability was determined to be in doubt, a valuation allowance would be established by way of a charge to expense.  Depreciation expense is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the assets.  Expenditures for normal repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

The financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of each limited partnership is consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  The operations of the properties are not expected to contribute significantly to the Company’s income before income taxes.  However, the properties do contribute in the form of income tax credits, which lowers the Company’s effective tax rate.  Once established, the credits on each property last for ten years and are passed through from the limited partnerships to the Bank and reduces the consolidated federal tax liability of the Company.

Property and equipment:  Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is computed using primarily declining-balance methods over the estimated useful lives of 7-40 years for buildings and improvements and 3-10 years for furniture and equipment.

Deferred income taxes:  Deferred income taxes are provided under the asset and liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and net operating loss, and tax credit carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences.  Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases.  Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.   The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained.  Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized.  Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.  Interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits are classified as other noninterest expense.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company had no material unrecognized tax benefits.

Goodwill:  Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the net assets acquired, and is not subject to amortization, but requires, at a minimum, annual impairment tests for intangibles that are determined to have an indefinite life.

Prepaid FDIC insurance:  Prepaid FDIC insurance as of December 31, 2012 represents the remaining 13-quarter FDIC premium prepayment paid by the Bank for the years of 2009 through 2012.  The balance remaining in prepaid FDIC insurance after payment of the FDIC assessments for 2012 was refunded to the Company in June 2013.  The expense for the FDIC insurance is recorded on a quarterly basis as premiums are assessed.

Other real estate:   Other real estate represents property acquired through foreclosures and settlements of loans.  Property acquired is carried at the lower of the principal amount of the loan outstanding at the time of acquisition, plus any acquisition costs, or the estimated fair value of the property, less disposal costs.  The Bank will obtain updated appraisals to determine the estimated fair value of the property based on the type of collateral securing the loan and the date of the latest appraisal.  Subsequent write downs estimated on the basis of later valuations are charged to net loss on sale of other real estate owned and other repossessed assets.  Net expenses incurred in maintaining such properties are charged to other non-interest expense.

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Nature of Activities and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Derivative financial instruments:  The Bank uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management.  FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 815 establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities.  The Bank records all interest rate swaps on the balance sheet at fair value.  Derivatives used to hedge the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows are considered cash flow hedges.  To qualify for hedge accounting, the Bank must comply with the detailed rules and documentation requirements at the inception of the hedge, and hedge effectiveness is assessed at inception and periodically throughout the life of the hedging relationship.

For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivatives is initially reported in other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified to interest income or expense when the hedged transaction affects earnings, while the ineffective portion of changes in fair value of the derivative, if any, is recognized immediately in other noninterest income.  The Bank assesses the effectiveness of each hedging relationship by comparing the cumulative changes in cash flows of the derivative hedging instruments with the cumulative changes in cash flows of the designated hedged item or transaction.  No component of the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument is excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

The Bank does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

Earnings per share:   Basic earnings per share is computed using the weighted average number of actual common shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that would occur from the exercise of common stock options outstanding.  ESOP shares are considered outstanding for this calculation unless unearned.  The following table presents calculations of earnings per share:

 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands, except share and per share data)
 
Computation of weighted average number of basic and diluted shares:
 
   
   
 
Common shares outstanding at the beginning of the year
   
4,712,328
     
4,727,104
     
4,398,337
 
Weighted average number of net shares (redeemed) issued
   
(2,110
)
   
(11,116
)
   
52,461
 
Weighted average shares outstanding (basic)
   
4,710,218
     
4,715,988
     
4,450,798
 
Weighted average of potential dilutive shares attributable to stock options granted, computed under the treasury stock method
   
3,635
     
5,289
     
7,724
 
Weighted average number of shares (diluted)
   
4,713,853
     
4,721,277
     
4,458,522
 
 
                       
Net income
 
$
25,931
   
$
26,833
   
$
26,777
 
 
                       
Earnings per share:
                       
Basic
 
$
5.51
   
$
5.69
   
$
6.02
 
Diluted
 
$
5.50
   
$
5.68
   
$
6.01
 

Stock awards and options:   Compensation expense for stock issued through the stock award plan is accounted for using the fair value method prescribed by FASB ASC 718, “Share-Based Payment” (“ASC 718”).  Under this method, compensation expense is measured and recognized for all stock-based awards made to employees and directors based on the fair value of each option as of the date of the grant.

Common stock held by ESOP:  The Company's maximum cash obligation related to these shares is classified outside stockholders' equity because the shares are not readily traded and could be put to the Company for cash.

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1. Nature of Activities and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Treasury Stock:  Treasury stock is accounted for by the cost method, whereby shares of common stock reacquired are recorded at their purchase price.

Trust Department Assets:  Property held for customers in fiduciary or agency capacities is not included in the accompanying balance sheet, as such items are not assets of the Company.

Effect of New Financial Accounting Standards:

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment, which permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset, other than goodwill, is impaired.   Under the new standard, if an entity concludes, based on an evaluation of all relevant qualitative factors, that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, it will not be required to perform the quantitative impairment test for that asset.  The standard is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted.  The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, to improve the transparency of reporting reclassification out of accumulated other comprehensive income.  The new standard is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012, and the amendments should be prospectively applied.  The amendments do not change the current requirement for reporting net income or other comprehensive income.  The amendments require an organization to present on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes the effects on the line items of net income of significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income if the item reclassified is required to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period.  Additionally, for other amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures required to provide additional detail about those amounts.  The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-01 to amend FASB ASC Topic 323, Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures.  The objective of this standard is to provide guidance on accounting for investments by a reporting entity in flow-through limited liability entities that manage or invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low-income housing tax credit.  The amendments in the standard permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met.  Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit).  The standard will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2015; however, early adoption is permitted.  The Company does have significant investments in such qualified affordable housing projects and is currently reviewing the provisions of this standard to determine what, if any, impacts it may have on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2. Investment Securities

The carrying values of investment securities at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are summarized in the following table (Amounts in Thousands):

 
 
December 31, 2013
   
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
Amount
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
 
Securities available for sale
 
   
   
   
 
Other securities (FHLB, FHLMC and FNMA)
 
$
87,144
     
36.54
%
 
$
91,850
     
40.61
%
State and political subdivisions
   
151,366
     
63.46
%
   
134,332
     
59.39
%
 
                               
Total securities available for sale
 
$
238,510
     
100.00
%
 
$
226,182
     
100.00
%

Investment securities have been classified in the consolidated balance sheets according to management’s intent.  Available-for-sale securities consist of debt securities not classified as trading or held to maturity.  Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value, and unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related deferred tax effect, are reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.  The Company had no securities designated as trading or held to maturity in its portfolio at December 31, 2013 or 2012.  The carrying amount of available-for-sale securities and their approximate fair values were as follows (Amounts in Thousands):

 
 
   
Gross
   
Gross
   
Estimated
 
 
 
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
 
 
 
Cost
   
Gains
   
(Losses)
   
Value
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2013:
 
   
   
   
 
Other securities (FHLB, FHLMC and FNMA)
 
$
86,998
   
$
316
   
$
(170
)
 
$
87,144
 
State and political subdivisions
   
149,704
     
3,182
     
(1,520
)
   
151,366
 
Total
 
$
236,702
   
$
3,498
   
$
(1,690
)
 
$
238,510
 
 
                               
December 31, 2012:
                               
Other securities (FHLB, FHLMC and FNMA)
 
$
90,929
   
$
946
   
$
(25
)
 
$
91,850
 
State and political subdivisions
   
128,848
     
5,593
     
(109
)
   
134,332
 
Total
 
$
219,777
   
$
6,539
   
$
(134
)
 
$
226,182
 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale securities classified according to their contractual maturities at December 31, 2013, were as follows (Amounts in Thousands):

 
 
Amortized
   
Fair
 
 
 
Cost
   
Value
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
Due in one year or less
 
$
50,188
   
$
50,459
 
Due after one year through five years
   
115,722
     
117,861
 
Due after five years through ten years
   
70,692
     
70,093
 
Due over ten years
   
100
     
97
 
Total
 
$
236,702
   
$
238,510
 

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 2. Investment Securities (Continued)

As of December 31, 2013, investment securities with a carrying value of $42.02 million were pledged to collateralize short-term borrowings.

Sales proceeds and gross realized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities were as follows (Amounts in Thousands):
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
Sales proceeds
 
$
566
   
$
721
   
$
529
 
Gross realized gains
   
17
     
11
     
29
 
Gross realized losses
   
-
     
(17
)
   
-
 

The following table shows the Company’s investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2013 and 2012 (Amounts in Thousands):

 
 
Less than 12 months
   
12 months or more
   
Total
 
2013
 
   
   
Unrealized
   
   
   
   
Unrealized
   
   
   
   
Unrealized
   
 
Description
   
#
   
Fair Value
   
Loss
   
%
     
#
   
Fair Value
   
Loss
   
%
     
#
   
Fair Value
   
Loss
   
%
 
of Securities
         
   
   
           
   
   
           
   
   
 
 
         
   
   
           
   
   
           
   
   
 
Other securities
         
   
   
           
   
   
           
   
   
 
(FHLB, FHLMC and FNMA)
   
10
   
$
21,810
   
$
(149
)
   
0.68
%
   
1
   
$
2,557
   
$
(21
)
   
0.82
%
   
11
   
$
24,367
   
$
(170
)
   
0.70
%
 
                                                                                               
State and political subdivisions
   
164
     
36,212
     
(1,259
)
   
3.48
%
   
25
     
5,565
     
(261
)
   
4.69
%
   
189
     
41,777
     
(1,520
)
   
3.64
%
 
                                                                                               
Total temporarily impaired securities
   
174
   
$
58,022
   
$
(1,408
)
   
2.43
%
   
26
   
$
8,122
   
$
(282
)
   
3.47
%
   
200
   
$
66,144
   
$
(1,690
)
   
2.56
%

 
 
Less than 12 months
   
12 months or more
   
Total
 
2012
 
   
   
Unrealized
   
   
   
   
Unrealized
   
   
   
   
Unrealized
   
 
Description
   
#
   
Fair Value
   
Loss
   
%
     
#
   
Fair Value
   
Loss
   
%
     
#
   
Fair Value
   
Loss
   
%
 
of Securities
         
   
   
           
   
   
           
   
   
 
 
         
   
   
           
   
   
           
   
   
 
Other securities
         
   
   
           
   
   
           
   
   
 
(FHLB, FHLMC and FNMA)
   
5
   
$
12,865
   
$
(25
)
   
0.19
%
   
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
     
-
     
5
   
$
12,865
   
$
(25
)
   
0.19
%
 
                                                                                               
State and political subdivisions
   
37
     
7,854
     
(92
)
   
1.17
%
   
2
     
483
     
(17
)
   
3.52
%
   
39
     
8,337
     
(109
)
   
1.31
%
 
                                                                                               
Total temporarily impaired securities
   
42
   
$
20,719
   
$
(117
)
   
0.56
%
   
2
   
$
483
   
$
(17
)
   
3.52
%
   
44
   
$
21,202
   
$
(134
)
   
0.63
%

The Company considered the following information in reaching the conclusion that the impairments disclosed in the table above are temporary and not other-than-temporary impairments.  The state and political subdivision securities with gross unrealized losses greater than 12 months as of December 31, 2013 included two issues.  The two securities are municipal bonds rated Ba2.  Bonds with a Ba2 rating are less than investment grade.   The aggregate fair value of these Ba2 rated bonds is $0.49 million while their amortized cost is $0.50 million, representing an unrealized loss of $0.01 million.  None of the unrealized losses in the above table was due to the deterioration in the credit quality of any of the issues that might result in the non-collection of contractual principal and interest.  The unrealized losses are due to changes in interest rates.  The Company has not recognized any unrealized loss in income because management does not have the intent to sell the securities included in the previous table.  Management has concluded that it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell these securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis
HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Loans

Classes of loans are as follows:

 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
 
Agricultural
 
$
82,138
   
$
76,190
 
Commercial and financial
   
166,102
     
148,034
 
Real estate:
               
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
30,309
     
25,788
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
69,182
     
79,097
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
142,685
     
113,841
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
605,687
     
583,567
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
105,785
     
104,278
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
244,090
     
214,812
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
315,187
     
312,506
 
Loans to individuals
   
19,824
     
20,350
 
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
   
45,167
     
43,102
 
 
   
1,826,156
     
1,721,565
 
Net unamortized fees and costs
   
641
     
597
 
 
   
1,826,797
     
1,722,162
 
Less allowance for loan losses
   
25,550
     
25,160
 
 
 
$
1,801,247
   
$
1,697,002
 

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Loans (Continued)

Changes in the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for loan loss balance applicable to impaired loans and the related loan balance of impaired loans for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 
 
Agricultural
   
Commercial and Financial
   
Real Estate: Construction
and land
development
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage,
farmland
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, multi-family and
commercial
   
Other
   
Total
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
2013
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Beginning balance
 
$
1,653
   
$
4,573
   
$
3,175
   
$
1,746
   
$
8,088
   
$
5,104
   
$
821
   
$
25,160
 
Charge-offs
   
-
     
(1,692
)
   
(245
)
   
-
     
(887
)
   
(356
)
   
(166
)
   
(3,346
)
Recoveries
   
35
     
1,002
     
323
     
-
     
618
     
464
     
163
     
2,605
 
Provision
   
1,164
     
850
     
(335
)
   
811
     
(755
)
   
(425
)
   
(179
)
   
1,131
 
 
                                                               
Ending balance
 
$
2,852
   
$
4,733
   
$
2,918
   
$
2,557
   
$
7,064
   
$
4,787
   
$
639
   
$
25,550
 
 
                                                               
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
3
   
$
16
   
$
-
   
$
14
   
$
66
   
$
205
   
$
-
   
$
304
 
 
                                                               
Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
2,849
   
$
4,717
   
$
2,918
   
$
2,543
   
$
6,998
   
$
4,582
   
$
639
   
$
25,246
 
 
                                                               
Loan balances:
                                                               
 
                                                               
Ending balance
 
$
82,138
   
$
166,102
   
$
99,491
   
$
142,685
   
$
711,472
   
$
559,277
   
$
64,991
   
$
1,826,156
 
 
                                                               
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
120
   
$
2,407
   
$
1,410
   
$
284
   
$
4,542
   
$
17,763
   
$
-
   
$
26,526
 
 
                                                               
Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
82,018
   
$
163,695
   
$
98,081
   
$
142,401
   
$
706,930
   
$
541,514
   
$
64,991
   
$
1,799,630
 

 
 
Agricultural
   
Commercial and Financial
   
Real Estate: Construction
and land
development
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage,
farmland
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, multi-family and
commercial
   
Other
   
Total
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
2012
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Beginning balance
 
$
1,354
   
$
6,429
   
$
4,994
   
$
1,411
   
$
9,051
   
$
6,150
   
$
761
   
$
30,150
 
Charge-offs
   
(12
)
   
(1,395
)
   
(1,648
)
   
0
     
(1,448
)
   
(318
)
   
(205
)
   
(5,026
)
Recoveries
   
71
     
1,583
     
52
     
0
     
521
     
403
     
255
     
2,885
 
Provision
   
240
     
(2,044
)
   
(223
)
   
335
     
(36
)
   
(1,131
)
   
10
     
(2,849
)
 
                                                               
Ending balance
 
$
1,653
   
$
4,573
   
$
3,175
   
$
1,746
   
$
8,088
   
$
5,104
   
$
821
   
$
25,160
 
 
                                                               
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
-
   
$
22
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
90
   
$
261
   
$
-
   
$
373
 
 
                                                               
Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
1,653
   
$
4,551
   
$
3,175
   
$
1,746
   
$
7,998
   
$
4,843
   
$
821
   
$
24,787
 
 
                                                               
Loan balances:
                                                               
 
                                                               
Ending balance
 
$
76,190
   
$
148,034
   
$
104,885
   
$
113,841
   
$
687,845
   
$
527,318
   
$
63,452
   
$
1,721,565
 
 
                                                               
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
-
   
$
2,152
   
$
2,978
   
$
806
   
$
3,565
   
$
20,257
   
$
-
   
$
29,758
 
 
                                                               
Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
76,190
   
$
145,882
   
$
101,907
   
$
113,035
   
$
684,280
   
$
507,061
   
$
63,452
   
$
1,691,807
 

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Loans (Continued)

 
 
Agricultural
   
Commercial and Financial
   
Real Estate: Construction
and land
development
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage,
farmland
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, 1 to
4 family
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, multi-family and
commercial
   
Other
   
Total
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
2011
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Allowance for loan losses:
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Beginning balance
 
$
2,170
   
$
6,742
   
$
4,394
   
$
1,482
   
$
7,952
   
$
5,657
   
$
833
   
$
29,230
 
Charge-offs
   
(81
)
   
(2,678
)
   
(549
)
   
(1
)
   
(2,892
)
   
(708
)
   
(220
)
   
(7,129
)
Recoveries
   
45
     
896
     
17
     
4
     
934
     
298
     
194
     
2,388
 
Provision
   
(780
)
   
1,469
     
1,132
     
(74
)
   
3,057
     
903
     
(46
)
   
5,661
 
 
                                                               
Ending balance
 
$
1,354
   
$
6,429
   
$
4,994
   
$
1,411
   
$
9,051
   
$
6,150
   
$
761
   
$
30,150
 
 
                                                               
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
1
   
$
97
   
$
3
   
$
-
   
$
93
   
$
65
   
$
-
   
$
259
 
 
                                                               
Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
1,353
   
$
6,332
   
$
4,991
   
$
1,411
   
$
8,958
   
$
6,085
   
$
761
   
$
29,891
 
 
                                                               
Loan balances:
                                                               
 
                                                               
Ending balance
 
$
68,556
   
$
143,174
   
$
106,816
   
$
99,799
   
$
682,233
   
$
539,180
   
$
51,745
   
$
1,691,503
 
 
                                                               
Ending balance, individually evaluated for impairment
 
$
13
   
$
2,617
   
$
662
   
$
556
   
$
4,801
   
$
19,830
   
$
-
   
$
28,479
 
 
                                                               
Ending balance, collectively evaluated for impairment
 
$
68,543
   
$
140,557
   
$
106,154
   
$
99,243
   
$
677,432
   
$
519,350
   
$
51,745
   
$
1,663,024
 

The Company evaluates the following loans to determine impairment:  1) all nonaccrual and TDR loans, 2) all non consumer and non 1 to 4 family residential loans with prior charge-offs, 3) all non consumer and non 1 to 4 family loan relationships classified as substandard and 4) loans with indications of or suspected deteriorating credit quality.
HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Loans (Continued)

The following table presents the credit quality indicators by type of loans in each category as of December 31, 2013:

 
 
Agricultural
   
Commercial
and Financial
   
Real Estate:
Construction, 1 to 4
family residential
   
Real Estate:
Construction, land
development and commercial
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
2013
 
   
   
   
 
Grade:
 
   
   
   
 
Pass
 
$
71,370
   
$
134,605
   
$
26,519
   
$
56,555
 
Potential Watch
   
3,579
     
12,469
     
758
     
3,963
 
Watch
   
1,076
     
12,971
     
2,242
     
6,854
 
Substandard
   
6,113
     
6,057
     
790
     
1,810
 
Total
 
$
82,138
   
$
166,102
   
$
30,309
   
$
69,182
 

 
 
Real Estate:
Mortgage,
farmland
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, 1 to 4
family first liens
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, 1 to 4
family junior liens
   
Real Estate:
Mortgage, multi-
family
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
2013
 
   
   
   
 
Grade:
 
   
   
   
 
Pass
 
$
132,988
   
$
532,921
   
$
98,142
   
$
196,616
 
Potential Watch
   
5,413
     
30,454
     
2,273
     
28,438
 
Watch
   
1,795
     
22,097
     
3,187
     
18,161
 
Substandard
   
2,489
     
20,215
     
2,183
     
875
 
Total
 
$
142,685
   
$
605,687
   
$
105,785
   
$
244,090
 

 
 
Real Estate:
Mortgage,
commercial
   
Loans to
individuals
   
Obligations of state
and political
subdivisions
   
Total
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
2013
 
   
   
   
 
Grade:
 
   
   
   
 
Pass
 
$
262,252
   
$
19,263
   
$
43,047
   
$
1,574,278
 
Potential Watch
   
30,140
     
117
     
1,061
     
118,665
 
Watch
   
14,749
     
316
     
1,059
     
84,507
 
Substandard
   
8,046
     
128
     
-
     
48,706
 
Total
 
$
315,187
   
$
19,824
   
$
45,167
   
$
1,826,156
 

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Loans (Continued)

The following table presents the credit quality indicators by type of loans in each category as of December 31, 2012:

 
 
Agricultural
   
Commercial
and Financial
   
Real Estate:
Construction, 1 to 4
family residential
   
Real Estate:
Construction, land
development and commercial
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
2012
 
   
   
   
 
Grade:
 
   
   
   
 
Pass
 
$
70,821
   
$
123,005
   
$
20,698
   
$
67,011
 
Potential Watch
   
1,169
     
7,996
     
2,232
     
4,636
 
Watch
   
1,376
     
10,927
     
1,826
     
3,855
 
Substandard
   
2,824
     
6,106
     
1,032
     
3,595
 
Total
 
$
76,190
   
$
148,034
   
$
25,788
   
$
79,097
 

 
Real Estate:
Mortgage,
farmland
 
Real Estate:
Mortgage, 1 to 4
family first liens
 
Real Estate:
Mortgage, 1 to 4
family junior liens
 
Real Estate:
Mortgage, multi-family
 
 
 
 
 
 
2012
 
 
 
 
Grade:
 
 
 
 
Pass
 
$
106,041
   
$
517,684
   
$
94,219
   
$
173,348
 
Potential Watch
   
2,434
     
24,240
     
3,839
     
11,098
 
Watch
   
1,863
     
21,266
     
3,584
     
27,936
 
Substandard
   
3,503
     
20,377
     
2,636
     
2,430
 
Total
 
$
113,841
   
$
583,567
   
$
104,278
   
$
214,812
 

 
 
Real Estate:
Mortgage,
commercial
   
Loans to
individuals
   
Obligations of state
and political
subdivisions
   
Total
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
2012
 
   
   
   
 
Grade:
 
   
   
   
 
Pass
 
$
267,883
   
$
19,763
   
$
42,022
   
$
1,502,495
 
Potential Watch
   
11,687
     
118
     
-
     
69,449
 
Watch
   
24,890
     
318
     
1,080
     
98,921
 
Substandard
   
8,046
     
151
     
-
     
50,700
 
Total
 
$
312,506
   
$
20,350
   
$
43,102
   
$
1,721,565
 

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Loans (Continued)

The below are descriptions of the credit quality indicators:

Pass – Pass rated loans are supported by sound payment capacity, are adequately collateralized and have no apparent weaknesses that would affect the full repayment of the loan under the established terms and conditions.

Potential Watch – Potential watch rated loans are supported by adequate payment capacity, are adequately collateralized and are performing according to the established terms and conditions.  However, the loan requires more than average monitoring due to a potential weakness.  The potential watch indicator assists the Company in identifying and monitoring loans for which credit quality could deteriorate.

Watch – Watch rated loans are supported by a marginal payment capacity and are marginally collateralized.  There are identified weaknesses that if not monitored and corrected may adversely affect the Company’s credit position.  A watch credit would typically have a weakness in one of the general categories (cash flow, collateral position or payment history) but not in all categories.

Substandard – Substandard loans are not adequately supported by the paying capacity of the borrower and may be inadequately collateralized.  These loans have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses.  For these loans, it is more probable than not that the Company could sustain some loss if the deficiency(ies) is not corrected.
HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Loans (Continued)

Past due loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 
 
   
   
90 Days
   
   
   
Total
   
Accruing Loans
 
 
 
30 - 59 Days
   
60 - 89 Days
   
or More
   
Total Past
   
   
Loans
   
Past Due 90
 
 
 
Past Due
   
Past Due
   
Past Due
   
Due
   
Current
   
Receivable
   
Days or More
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
December 31, 2013:
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Agricultural
 
$
8
   
$
10
   
$
-
   
$
18
   
$
82,120
   
$
82,138
   
$
-
 
Commercial and financial
   
526
     
177
     
951
     
1,654
     
164,448
     
166,102
     
-
 
Real estate:
                                                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
30,309
     
30,309
     
-
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
276
     
144
     
731
     
1,151
     
68,031
     
69,182
     
-
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
108
     
-
     
-
     
108
     
142,577
     
142,685
     
-
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
4,418
     
1,649
     
2,223
     
8,290
     
597,397
     
605,687
     
959
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
835
     
43
     
29
     
907
     
104,878
     
105,785
     
-
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
-
     
150
     
-
     
150
     
243,940
     
244,090
     
-
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
1,350
     
-
     
493
     
1,843
     
313,344
     
315,187
     
-
 
Loans to individuals
   
7
     
4
     
-
     
11
     
19,813
     
19,824
     
-
 
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
   
14
     
-
     
-
     
14
     
45,153
     
45,167
     
-
 
 
 
$
7,542
   
$
2,177
   
$
4,427
   
$
14,146
   
$
1,812,010
   
$
1,826,156
   
$
959
 

 
 
   
   
90 Days
   
   
   
Total
   
Accruing Loans
 
 
 
30 - 59 Days
   
60 - 89 Days
   
or More
   
Total Past
   
   
Loans
   
Past Due 90
 
 
 
Past Due
   
Past Due
   
Past Due
   
Due
   
Current
   
Receivable
   
Days or More
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
December 31, 2012:
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
Agricultural
 
$
374
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
374
   
$
75,816
   
$
76,190
   
$
-
 
Commercial and financial
   
712
     
100
     
100
     
912
     
147,122
     
148,034
     
10
 
Real estate:
                                                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
25,788
     
25,788
     
-
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
909
     
15
     
-
     
924
     
78,173
     
79,097
     
-
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
-
     
-
     
512
     
512
     
113,329
     
113,841
     
-
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
5,433
     
1,579
     
2,033
     
9,045
     
574,522
     
583,567
     
1,592
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
640
     
43
     
221
     
904
     
103,374
     
104,278
     
221
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
840
     
-
     
845
     
1,685
     
213,127
     
214,812
     
592
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
2,060
     
-
     
1,415
     
3,475
     
309,031
     
312,506
     
228
 
Loans to individuals
   
22
     
-
     
-
     
22
     
20,328
     
20,350
     
-
 
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
43,102
     
43,102
     
-
 
 
 
$
10,990
   
$
1,737
   
$
5,126
   
$
17,853
   
$
1,703,712
   
$
1,721,565
   
$
2,643
 

The Company does not have a significant amount of loans that are past due less than 90 days where there are serious doubts as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with the loan repayment terms.

Accruing loans past due 90 days or more decreased $1.68 million from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013.  Real estate loans make up all of the nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2013.  As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, accruing loans past due 90 days or more were 0.05% and 0.15% of total loans, respectively.  The average balance of the past due loans also decreased in 2013 as compared to 2012.  The average 90 days or more past due loan balance per loan was $0.08 million as of December 31, 2013 compared to $0.11 million as of December 31, 2012.  The loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing are believed to be adequately collateralized.   Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when management believes the collection of future principal and interest is not reasonably assured.
HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Loans (Continued)

Certain impaired loan information by loan type at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was as follows:

 
 
December 31, 2013
   
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
   
Accruing loans
   
   
   
Accruing loans
   
 
 
 
Nonaccrual
   
past due 90
   
TDR
   
Nonaccrual
   
past due 90
   
TDR
 
 
 
loans (1)
   
days or more(2)
   
loans
   
loans (1)
   
days or more(2)
   
loans
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
   
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Agricultural
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
120
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Commercial and financial
   
1,462
     
-
     
945
     
265
     
10
     
1,824
 
Real estate:
                                               
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
714
     
-
     
-
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
1,319
     
-
     
-
     
2,169
     
-
     
95
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
-
     
-
     
284
     
512
     
-
     
294
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
2,209
     
959
     
1,272
     
580
     
1,592
     
1,065
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
178
     
-
     
-
     
17
     
221
     
90
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
456
     
-
     
5,608
     
2,027
     
592
     
5,739
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
1,568
     
-
     
10,146
     
1,401
     
228
     
10,323
 
Loans to individuals
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
 
$
7,192
   
$
959
   
$
18,375
   
$
7,685
   
$
2,643
   
$
19,430
 

(1) There were $2.72 million and $2.69 million of TDR loans included within nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(2) There were $0.00 million and $0.26 million of TDR loans within accruing loans past due 90 days or more as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Loans (Continued)

The Company may modify the terms of a loan to maximize the collection of amounts due.  In most cases, the modification is either a reduction in interest rate, conversion to interest only payments or an extension of the maturity date.  The borrower is experiencing financial difficulties or is expected to experience financial difficulties in the near-term, so a concessionary modification is granted to the borrower that would otherwise not be considered.  TDR loans accrue interest as long as the borrower complies with the revised terms and conditions and has demonstrated repayment performance at a level commensurate with the modified terms over several payment cycles.

Below is a summary of information for TDR loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
Number of
   
Recorded
   
Commitments
 
 
 
contracts
   
investment
   
outstanding
 
 
 
   
(Dollar Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
   
 
Agricultural
   
1
   
$
120
   
$
4
 
Commercial and financial
   
12
     
2,214
     
101
 
Real estate:
                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
1
     
13
     
-
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
1
     
284
     
-
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
12
     
1,697
     
-
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
-
     
-
     
177
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
3
     
6,000
     
-
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
9
     
10,766
     
10
 
Loans to individuals
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
   
39
   
$
21,094
   
$
292
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
Number of
   
Recorded
   
Commitments
 
 
 
contracts
   
investment
   
outstanding
 
 
 
   
(Dollar Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
   
 
Agricultural
   
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Commercial and financial
   
11
     
1,927
     
15
 
Real estate:
                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
3
     
401
     
-
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
1
     
295
     
-
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
8
     
1,277
     
-
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
2
     
90
     
8
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
5
     
7,364
     
-
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
8
     
10,771
     
-
 
Loans to individuals
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
   
38
   
$
22,125
   
$
23
 

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Loans (Continued)

The following is a summary of TDR loans that were modified during the year ended December 31, 2013:

 
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
   
Pre-modification
   
Post-modification
 
 
 
Number of
   
recorded
   
recorded
 
 
 
Contracts
   
investment
   
investment
 
 
 
   
( Dollar Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
   
 
Agricultural
   
1
   
$
125
   
$
125
 
Commercial and financial
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Real estate:
                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
4
     
613
     
578
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
1
     
255
     
255
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
3
     
559
     
559
 
Loans to individuals
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
   
9
   
$
1,552
   
$
1,517
 

The Bank has commitments to lend additional borrowings to TDR loan customers.  These commitments are in the normal course of business and allow the borrowers to build pre-sold homes and commercial property and which increase their overall cash flow.  The additional borrowings are not used to facilitate payments on these loans.

There were no TDR loans modified during the year that were in payment default (defined as past due 90 days or more) as of December 31, 2013.
HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Loans (Continued)

Information regarding impaired loans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 
 
Recorded
Investment
   
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   
Related
Allowance
   
Average
Recorded
Investment
   
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
2013
 
   
   
   
   
 
With no related allowance recorded:
 
   
   
   
   
 
Agricultural
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Commercial and financial
   
1,602
     
3,140
     
-
     
1,645
     
45
 
Real estate:
                                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
1,270
     
2,974
     
-
     
1,727
     
4
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
140
     
140
     
-
     
229
     
-
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
2,597
     
3,542
     
-
     
2,691
     
24
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
177
     
451
     
-
     
198
     
-
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
456
     
1,068
     
-
     
666
     
-
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
2,494
     
5,303
     
-
     
2,793
     
46
 
Loans to individuals
   
-
     
20
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
 
$
8,736
   
$
16,638
   
$
-
   
$
9,949
   
$
119
 
With an allowance recorded:
                                       
Agricultural
 
$
120
   
$
120
   
$
3
   
$
123
   
$
5
 
Commercial and financial
   
805
     
838
     
16
     
871
     
46
 
Real estate:
                                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
284
     
284
     
14
     
289
     
14
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
1,768
     
1,897
     
66
     
1,821
     
79
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
5,608
     
5,608
     
188
     
5,673
     
255
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
9,205
     
9,205
     
17
     
9,300
     
535
 
Loans to individuals
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
 
$
17,790
   
$
17,952
   
$
304
   
$
18,077
   
$
934
 
Total:
                                       
Agricultural
 
$
120
   
$
120
   
$
3
   
$
123
   
$
5
 
Commercial and financial
   
2,407
     
3,978
     
16
     
2,516
     
91
 
Real estate:
                                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
1,270
     
2,974
     
-
     
1,727
     
4
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
140
     
140
     
-
     
229
     
-
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
284
     
284
     
14
     
289
     
14
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
4,365
     
5,439
     
66
     
4,512
     
103
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
177
     
451
     
-
     
198
     
-
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
6,064
     
6,676
     
188
     
6,339
     
255
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
11,699
     
14,508
     
17
     
12,093
     
581
 
Loans to individuals
   
-
     
20
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
 
$
26,526
   
$
34,590
   
$
304
   
$
28,026
   
$
1,053
 

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Loans (Continued)

Information regarding impaired loans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 is as follows:

 
 
Recorded
Investment
   
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   
Related
Allowance
   
Average
Recorded
Investment
   
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
2012
 
   
   
   
   
 
With no related allowance recorded:
 
   
   
   
   
 
Agricultural
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Commercial and financial
   
364
     
1,911
     
-
     
750
     
19
 
Real estate:
                                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
714
     
946
     
-
     
1,262
     
-
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
2,264
     
3,520
     
-
     
2,835
     
7
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
806
     
808
     
-
     
830
     
18
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
952
     
1,332
     
-
     
994
     
24
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
68
     
361
     
-
     
71
     
3
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
2,027
     
2,766
     
-
     
2,097
     
-
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
2,369
     
5,046
     
-
     
2,427
     
52
 
Loans to individuals
   
-
     
20
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
 
$
9,564
   
$
16,710
   
$
-
   
$
11,266
   
$
123
 
With an allowance recorded:
                                       
Agricultural
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Commercial and financial
   
1,788
     
1,788
     
22
     
1,902
     
99
 
Real estate:
                                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
2,286
     
2,487
     
83
     
2,284
     
106
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
259
     
259
     
7
     
262
     
16
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
6,331
     
6,331
     
241
     
6,399
     
320
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
9,530
     
9,530
     
20
     
9,618
     
568
 
Loans to individuals
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
 
$
20,194
   
$
20,395
   
$
373
   
$
20,465
   
$
1,109
 
Total:
                                       
Agricultural
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Commercial and financial
   
2,152
     
3,699
     
22
     
2,652
     
118
 
Real estate:
                                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
714
     
946
     
-
     
1,262
     
-
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
2,264
     
3,520
     
-
     
2,835
     
7
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
806
     
808
     
-
     
830
     
18
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
3,238
     
3,819
     
83
     
3,278
     
130
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
327
     
620
     
7
     
333
     
19
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
8,358
     
9,097
     
241
     
8,496
     
320
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
11,899
     
14,576
     
20
     
12,045
     
620
 
Loans to individuals
   
-
     
20
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
 
$
29,758
   
$
37,105
   
$
373
   
$
31,731
   
$
1,232
 

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Loans (Continued)

Information regarding impaired loans as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

 
 
Recorded
Investment
   
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   
Related
Allowance
   
Average
Recorded
Investment
   
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
2011
 
   
   
   
   
 
With no related allowance recorded:
 
   
   
   
   
 
Agricultural
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Commercial and financial
   
793
     
1,679
     
-
     
919
     
-
 
Real estate:
                                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
648
     
765
     
-
     
868
     
-
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
556
     
556
     
-
     
429
     
-
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
1,512
     
1,905
     
-
     
1,577
     
19
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
291
     
568
     
-
     
290
     
-
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
5,148
     
5,757
     
-
     
4,795
     
101
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
1,986
     
4,305
     
-
     
2,125
     
45
 
Loans to individuals
   
-
     
21
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
 
$
10,934
   
$
15,556
   
$
-
   
$
11,003
   
$
165
 
With an allowance recorded:
                                       
Agricultural
 
$
13
   
$
13
   
$
1
   
$
13
   
$
1
 
Commercial and financial
   
1,824
     
2,954
     
97
     
2,670
     
55
 
Real estate:
                                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
14
     
27
     
3
     
21
     
1
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
2,843
     
3,187
     
88
     
3,071
     
137
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
155
     
155
     
5
     
167
     
7
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
2,890
     
2,890
     
29
     
2,914
     
114
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
9,806
     
9,806
     
36
     
9,910
     
429
 
Loans to individuals
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
 
$
17,545
   
$
19,032
   
$
259
   
$
18,766
   
$
744
 
Total:
                                       
Agricultural
 
$
13
   
$
13
   
$
1
   
$
13
   
$
1
 
Commercial and financial
   
2,617
     
4,633
     
97
     
3,589
     
55
 
Real estate:
                                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
662
     
792
     
3
     
889
     
1
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
556
     
556
     
-
     
429
     
-
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
4,355
     
5,092
     
88
     
4,648
     
156
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
446
     
723
     
5
     
457
     
7
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
8,038
     
8,647
     
29
     
7,709
     
215
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
11,792
     
14,111
     
36
     
12,035
     
474
 
Loans to individuals
   
-
     
21
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
 
 
$
28,479
   
$
34,588
   
$
259
   
$
29,769
   
$
909
 

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3. Loans (Continued)

Impaired loans decreased by $3.23 million from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013.  Impaired loans include any loan that has been placed on nonaccrual status, accruing loans past due 90 days or more and TDR loans.  Impaired loans also include loans that, based on management’s evaluation of current information and events, the Bank expects to be unable to collect in full according to the contractual terms of the original loan agreement.  The decrease in impaired loans is due mainly to a decrease in accruing loans past due 90 days or more of $1.68 million from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013.

For loans that are collateral dependent, losses are evaluated based on the portion of a loan that exceeds the fair market value of the collateral that can be identified as uncollectible.  In general, this is the amount that the carrying value of the loan exceeds the related appraised value.  Generally, it is the Company’s policy not to rely on appraisals that are older than one year prior to the date the impairment is being measured.  The most recent appraisal values may be adjusted if, in the Company’s judgment, experience and other market data indicate that the property’s value, use, condition, exit market or other variable affecting its value may have changed since the appraisal was performed, consistent with the December 2006 joint interagency guidance on the allowance for loan losses.  The charge off or loss adjustment supported by an appraisal is considered the minimum charge off.  Any adjustments made to the appraised value are to provide additional charge off or loss allocations based on the applicable facts and circumstances.  In instances where there is an estimated decline in value, either a loss allocation is provided or a charge off taken pending confirmation of the amount of the loss from an updated appraisal.  Upon receipt of the new appraisals, an additional loss allocation may be provided or charge off taken based on the appraised value of the collateral.  On average, appraisals are obtained within one month of order.

The Company has not experienced any significant time lapses in recognizing the required provisions for collateral dependent loans, nor has the Company delayed appropriate charge-offs.  When an updated appraisal value has been obtained, the Company has used the appraisal amount in helping to determine the appropriate charge off or required reserve.  The Company also evaluates any changes in the financial condition of the borrower and guarantors (if applicable), economic conditions, and the Company’s loss experience with the type of property in question.  Any information utilized in addition to the appraisal is intended to identify additional charge-offs or provisions, not to override the appraised value.

The Bank regularly reviews loans in the portfolio and assesses whether the loans are impaired in accordance with ASC 310.  If the loans are impaired, the Bank determines if a specific allowance is appropriate.  In addition, the Bank's management also reviews and, where determined necessary, provides allowances for particular loans based upon (1) reviews of specific borrowers and (2) management’s assessment of areas that management considers are of higher credit risk, including loans that have been restructured.  Loans that are determined not to be impaired and for which there are no specific allowances are classified into one or more risk categories. Based upon the risk category assigned, the Bank allocates a percentage, as determined by management, for a required allowance needed.  The determination concerning the appropriate percentage begins with historical loss experience factors, which are then adjusted for levels and trends in past due loans, levels and trends in charged-off and recovered loans, trends in volume growth, trends in problem and watch loans, trends in TDR loans, local economic trends and conditions, industry and other conditions, and effects of changing interest rates.

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 4. Property and Equipment

The major classes of property and equipment and the total accumulated depreciation are as follows:

 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
 
Land
 
$
7,835
   
$
7,580
 
Buildings and improvements
   
28,210
     
27,555
 
Furniture and equipment
   
26,696
     
25,605
 
 
   
62,741
     
60,740
 
Less accumulated depreciation
   
32,905
     
30,116
 
Net
 
$
29,836
   
$
30,624
 
 
Note 5. Interest-Bearing Deposits

A summary of these deposits is as follows:

 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
 
NOW and other demand
 
$
384,752
   
$
352,373
 
Savings
   
537,167
     
450,336
 
Time, $100,000 and over
   
168,465
     
182,403
 
Other time
   
362,705
     
403,459
 
 
 
$
1,453,089
   
$
1,388,571
 

Brokered deposits totaled $57.77 million and $41.54 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively with an average interest rate of 0.44% and 0.70% as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  As of December 31, 2013, brokered deposits of $48.99 million are included in savings deposits and $8.78 million are included in time deposits.  At December 31, 2012, brokered deposits of $29.83 million were included in savings deposits and $11.71 million were included in time deposits. Brokered time deposits in increments greater than $100,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were $6.63 million and $8.74 million, respectively.
HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 5. Interest-Bearing Deposits (Continued)

Time deposits have a maturity as follows:

 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
Due in one year or less
 
$
230,274
   
$
236,068
 
Due after one year through two years
   
156,489
     
137,355
 
Due after two years through three years
   
82,552
     
123,171
 
Due after three years through four years
   
42,711
     
62,342
 
Due over four years
   
19,144
     
26,926
 
 
 
$
531,170
   
$
585,862
 

Note 6. Short-Term Borrowings

The following table sets forth selected information for short-term borrowings (borrowings with a maturity of less than one year):

 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
Federal funds purchased, secured by other securities (FHLB, FHLMC and FNMA)
 
$
-
   
$
-
 
Repurchase agreements with customers, renewable daily, interest payable monthly, secured by other securities (FHLB, FHLMC and FNMA)
   
42,016
     
38,783
 
 
 
$
42,016
   
$
38,783
 

The weighted average interest rate on short-term borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 was 0.29% and 0.34%, respectively.
 
Customer repurchase agreements are used by the Bank to acquire funds from customers where the customer is required or desires to have their funds supported by collateral consisting of investment securities.  The repurchase agreement is a commitment to sell these securities to a customer at a certain price and repurchase them at a future date at that same price plus interest accrued at an agreed upon rate.  The Bank uses customer repurchase agreements in its liquidity plan as well as an accommodation to customers.  At December 31, 2013, $42.02 million of securities sold under repurchase agreements with a weighted average interest rate of 0.29%, maturing in 2014, were collateralized by investment securities having an amortized cost of $42.02 million.
HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 7. Federal Home Loan Bank Borrowings

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the borrowings were as follows:

 
 
2013
   
2012
 
(Effective interest rates as of December 31, 2013)
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
 
Due 2016, 4.46% to 4.69%
 
$
45,000
   
$
45,000
 
Due 2017, 4.09% to 4.89%
   
60,000
     
60,000
 
Due 2018, 3.65%
   
20,000
     
20,000
 
 
 
$
125,000
   
$
125,000
 

All of the borrowings are callable by the FHLB with call dates during 2014.  The advances are unlikely to be called unless rates would increase significantly.  The borrowings with the FHLB have prepayment fees associated with them; therefore, the Company cannot prepay without incurring fees.

To participate in the FHLB advance program, the Company is required to have an investment in FHLB stock.  The Company’s investment in FHLB stock was $7.58 million and $8.06 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Collateral is provided by the Company’s 1 to 4 family mortgage loans totaling $168.75 million at December 31, 2013 and $168.75 million at December 31, 2012.  The Company also has the ability to borrow against commercial real estate and multi-family loans totaling $167.35 million as of December 31, 2013 and $152.29 million as of December 31, 2012 and there was $0 borrowed against this collateral as of December 31, 2013 or 2012.

The Bank prepaid $60.00 million of Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2012 as part of a strategy to utilize the Bank’s liquidity, improve net interest margin and decrease interest rate risk in the future.  As a result, the Bank incurred a one-time prepayment penalty of $5.93 million, which it recorded as loss on extinguishment of debt.
HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 8. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI), included in stockholders’ equity, are as follows:

 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
 
 
 
(amounts in thousands)
 
 
 
   
 
Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities
 
$
1,808
   
$
6,405
 
Net unrealized gain on derivates used for cash flow hedges
   
769
     
-
 
Tax effect
   
(986
)
   
(2,450
)
Net-of-tax amount
 
$
1,591
   
$
3,955
 
 
Amounts reclassified from AOCI and the affected line items in the statements of income during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, were as follows:
 
 
 
Amounts reclassifed from AOCI
  Affected Line Item in the
 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
Statements of Income
 
 
(amounts in thousands)
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
Unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities
 
$
17
   
$
(6
)
 
$
29
 
Other noninterest income
Tax effect
   
(7
)
   
2
     
(11
)
Tax (expense) benefit
Total reclassification out of AOCI
 
$
10
   
$
(4
)
 
$
18
 
 

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 9. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company’s Board of Directors and its stockholders adopted in April 2012 the Hills Bancorporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”).  For each quarterly offering period, eligible employees can elect to contribute from 1% to 15% of his or her compensation.  The purchase price is the lesser of the fair market value on the first day of the offering period or the last day of the offering period.  The maximum dollar amount any one employee can elect to contribute in an offering period is $10,000.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, 2,072 shares of stock were purchased by employees of the Bank through the ESPP.  375 shares of stock were purchased by employees of the Bank through the ESPP for the year ended December 31, 2012.

The Company has an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "ESOP") to which it makes discretionary cash contributions.  The Company's contribution to the ESOP totaled $1.57 million, $1.49 million and $1.45 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  The 2013, 2012 and 2011 discretionary contribution rates were 9% of qualified salaries.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the ESOP purchased an additional 40,028 shares of common stock in the Company with a loan from the Company.  The note payable bears interest at the prime rate subject to a floor of 5.0% with principal and interest payable annually for five consecutive years.  The loan is collateralized by the unreleased shares of stock purchased as well as a certificate of deposit the Company holds at the Bank in the original amount of the note.  The note payable and certificate of deposit are not included in the consolidated balance sheet. There was no interest income or expense recognized in the consolidated statement of income.

As the note payable is repaid by the ESOP, shares are released from collateral and allocated to qualified employees based on the proportion of principal and interest paid in the year to total principal and interest payments anticipated for the life of the loan.  The number of shares released from collateral totaled 8,360, 8,724 and 7,314 shares for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The shares pledged as collateral are reported as a reduction of stockholder’s equity in the consolidated balance sheet.  As shares are committed to be released from collateral, the Company reports compensation expense equal to the current market price of the shares, and the shares become outstanding for earnings per share computations.  Unallocated shares were 15,630, 23,990 and 32,714 as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Dividends on allocated ESOP shares are recorded as a reduction of retained earnings.  Dividends on unallocated ESOP shares are used to reduce debt.

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 9. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

In the event a terminated plan participant desires to sell his or her shares of the Company stock, or for certain employees who elect to diversify their account balances, the Company may be required to purchase the shares from the participant at their fair value.  To the extent that shares of common stock held by the ESOP are not readily traded, a sponsor must reflect the maximum cash obligation related to those securities outside of stockholders' equity.  The Company obtains a quarterly independent appraisal of the shares of stock.  As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the shares held by the ESOP, fair value and maximum cash obligation were as follows:

 
 
2013
   
2012
 
 
 
   
 
Shares held by the ESOP
   
394,323
     
438,778
 
Fair value per share
 
$
75.00
   
$
70.00
 
Maximum cash obligation
 
$
29,574,000
   
$
30,715,000
 

The Company has a profit-sharing plan with a 401(k) feature, which provides for discretionary annual contributions in amounts to be determined by the Board of Directors.  The Company did not make a profit sharing plan contribution in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011. The Company made matching contributions under its 401(k) plan of $0.15 million in 2013, $0.14 million in 2012, and $0.14 million in 2011 and each such amount is included in salaries and employee benefits.

The Company provides a deferred compensation program for executive officers.  This program allows executive officers to elect to defer a portion of their salaried compensation for payment by the Company at a subsequent date.  The executive officers can defer up to 30% of their base compensation and up to 100% of any bonus into the deferral plan.  Any amount so deferred is credited to the executive officer’s deferred compensation account and converted to units equivalent in value to the fair market value of a share of stock in Hills Bancorporation.  The “stock units” are book entry only and do not represent an actual purchase of stock.  The executive officer’s account is adjusted each year for dividends paid and the change in the market value of Hills Bancorporation stock.  The deferrals and earnings grow tax deferred until withdrawn from the plan.  Earnings credited to the individual’s accounts are recorded as compensation expense when earned.  The deferred compensation liability is recorded in other liabilities and totals $4.63 million and $4.37 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Expense related to the deferred compensation plan was $0.39 million for 2013, $0.45 million for 2012 and $0.38 million for 2011 and is included in salaries and employee benefits expense.

The Company also provides a deferred compensation program for its Board of Directors.  Under the plan, each director may elect to defer up to 50% of such director’s cash compensation from retainers and meeting fees for payment by the Company at a subsequent date.  Any amount so deferred is credited to the director’s deferred compensation account and converted to units equivalent in value to the fair market value of a share of stock in Hills Bancorporation.  The “stock units” are book entry only and do not represent an actual purchase of stock.  The director’s account is adjusted each year for dividends paid and the change in the market value of Hills Bancorporation stock.  The deferred compensation liability for the directors’ plan is recorded in other liabilities and totaled $2.10 million and $1.99 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Expense related to the directors’ deferred compensation plan was $0.17 million for 2013, $0.20 million for 2012 and $0.17 million for 2011 and is included in other noninterest expense.

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 9. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

The Company has a Stock Option and Incentive Plan for certain key employees and directors whereby shares of common stock have been reserved for awards in the form of stock options or restricted stock awards. Under the plan, the aggregate number of options and shares granted cannot exceed 94,000 shares. A Stock Option Committee may grant options at prices equal to the fair value of the stock at the date of the grant. Options expire 10 years from the date of the grant. Director options granted on or before December 31, 2006 may be exercised immediately.  Director options granted on or after January 1, 2007, and officers' rights under the plan vest over a five-year period from the date of the grant.

A summary of the stock options is as follows:
 
 
 
Number of Shares
   
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
   
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
(Years)
   
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(In Thousands)
 
Balance, December 31, 2010
   
27,955
   
$
33.83
     
2.84
   
$
946
 
Granted
   
-
                         
Exercised
   
(9,115
)
                       
Balance, December 31, 2011
   
18,840
   
$
36.60
     
2.51
   
$
690
 
Granted
   
5,110
                         
Exercised
   
(5,965
)
                       
Balance, December 31, 2012
   
17,985
   
$
47.62
     
4.25
   
$
856
 
Granted
   
-
                         
Exercised
   
(5,355
)
                       
Balance, December 31, 2013
   
12,630
   
$
53.95
     
4.72
   
$
681
 

There were 5,110 stock options granted in 2012 and no stock options granted in 2013 or 2011.  The weighted-average fair value of options granted in 2012 was $24.89 per share.  The intrinsic value of options exercised was $0.18 million, $0.23 million and $0.26 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The fair value of each option is estimated as of the date of grant using a Black Scholes option pricing model.  The expected lives of options granted incorporate historical employee exercise behavior.  The risk-free rate for periods that coincide with the expected life of the options is based on the ten year interest rate swap rate as published by the Federal Reserve Bank on the date of issuance.  Expected volatility is based on volatility levels of the Company’s peers’ common stock as the Company’s stock has limited trading activity.  Expected dividend yield was based on historical dividend rates. Significant assumptions at date of grant include:

 
 
2013
   
October 9, 2012
   
April 24, 2012
   
2011
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
Risk-free interest rate
   
n/
a
   
1.77
%
   
2.08
%
   
n/
a
Expected option life
   
n/
a
 
7.5 years
   
7.5 years
     
n/
a
Expected volatility
   
n/
a
   
39.50
%
   
39.80
%
   
n/
a
Expected dividends
   
n/
a
   
1.64
%
   
1.64
%
   
n/
a

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 9. Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

Other pertinent information related to the options outstanding at December 31, 2013 is as follows:

Exercise Price
   
Number Outstanding
 
Remaining Contractual Life
 
Number Exercisable
 
   
 
 
 
 
$
34.50
     
2,940
 
4 months
   
2,940
 
$
52.00
     
4,580
 
40 months
   
4,580
 
$
66.00
     
3,610
 
100 months
   
-
 
$
69.00
     
1,500
 
106 months
   
-
 
         
12,630
 
 
   
7,520
 

As of December 31, 2013, the outstanding options have a weighted-average exercise price of $53.95 per share and a weighted average remaining contractual term of 4.72 years.  There was $0.09 million in unrecognized compensation cost for stock options granted under the plan as of December 31, 2013.  This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.45 years.

As of December 31, 2013, the vested options totaled 7,520 shares with a weighted-average exercise price of $45.16 per share and a weighted-average remaining contractual term of 2.18 years.  There were 4,580 shares that vested in 2012 and no shares that vested in 2013 and 2011.  The fair value of the 4,580 options vested during 2012 was $0.31 million.

As of December 31, 2013, 73,127 shares were available for stock options and awards.  The Compensation and Incentive Stock Committee is also authorized to grant awards of restricted common stock, and it authorized the issuance of 3,584 shares of common stock in 2013, 6,885 shares in 2012 and 6,629 shares in 2011 to certain employees.  The vesting period for these awards is five years and the Bank amortizes the expense on a straight line basis during the vesting period.  The expense relating to these awards for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $0.21 million, $0.17 million and $0.10 million, respectively.

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10. Income Taxes

Income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are summarized as follows:

 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
Current:
 
 
 
Federal
 
$
9,120
   
$
6,480
   
$
8,895
 
State
   
1,789
     
2,045
     
1,954
 
Deferred:
                       
Federal
   
(78
)
   
1,822
     
24
 
State
   
81
     
195
     
(44
)
 
 
$
10,912
   
$
10,542
   
$
10,829
 

Temporary differences between the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities result in deferred taxes.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
Deferred income tax assets:
 
   
 
Allowance for loan losses
 
$
9,773
   
$
9,624
 
Deferred compensation
   
2,505
     
2,561
 
Accrued expenses
   
850
     
808
 
State net operating loss
   
489
     
482
 
Gross deferred tax assets
   
13,617
     
13,475
 
Valuation allowance
   
(489
)
   
(482
)
Deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance
   
13,128
     
12,993
 
Deferred income tax liabilities:
               
Property and equipment
   
1,967
     
2,022
 
Unrealized gains on investment securities
   
692
     
2,450
 
Unrealized gains on interest rate swaps
   
294
     
-
 
Goodwill
   
624
     
624
 
Other
   
946
     
753
 
Gross deferred tax liabilities
   
4,523
     
5,849
 
Net deferred income tax assets
 
$
8,605
   
$
7,144
 

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10. Income Taxes (Continued)

The Company has recorded a deferred tax asset for the future tax benefits of Iowa net operating loss carry-forwards.  The net operating loss carry-forwards are generated by the Company largely from its investment in tax credit real estate properties.  The Company is required to file a separate Iowa tax return and cannot be consolidated with the Bank.  The net operating loss carry-forwards will expire, if not utilized, between 2014 and 2034.  The Company has recorded a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax asset attributable to the net operating loss carry-forwards.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company believes it is more likely than not that the Iowa net operating loss carry-forwards will not be realized.  The increase in net operating loss carry-forward in 2013 compared to 2012 reflects the additional Iowa income tax net operating loss generated during 2013 less any expiring carry-forward.  A valuation allowance related to the remaining deferred tax assets has not been provided because management believes it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets.

The valuation allowance increased by $7,000 and $37,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The net change in the deferred income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is reflected in the consolidated financial statements as follows:

 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
   
 
Consolidated statements of income
 
$
(3
)
 
$
(2,018
)
 
$
20
 
Consolidated statements of stockholders' equity
   
1,464
     
631
     
(1,359
)
 
 
$
1,461
   
$
(1,387
)
 
$
(1,339
)

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 10. Income Taxes (Continued)

Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are less than the amounts computed by applying the maximum effective federal income tax rate to the income before income taxes because of the following items:

 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
 
 
   
% Of
   
   
% Of
   
   
% Of
 
 
 
   
Pretax
   
   
Pretax
   
   
Pretax
 
 
 
Amount
   
Income
   
Amount
   
Income
   
Amount
   
Income
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Expected tax expense
 
$
12,895
     
35.0
%
 
$
13,081
     
35.0
%
 
$
13,162
     
35.0
%
Tax-exempt interest
   
(1,690
)
   
(4.6
)
   
(1,622
)
   
(4.3
)
   
(1,612
)
   
(4.3
)
Interest expense limitation
   
99
     
0.3
     
112
     
0.3
     
124
     
0.3
 
State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
   
1,216
     
3.3
     
1,456
     
3.9
     
1,242
     
3.3
 
Income tax credits
   
(1,992
)
   
(5.4
)
   
(2,046
)
   
(5.5
)
   
(1,993
)
   
(5.3
)
Other
   
384
     
1.0
     
(439
)
   
(1.2
)
   
(94
)
   
(0.2
)
 
 
$
10,912
     
29.6
%
 
$
10,542
     
28.2
%
 
$
10,829
     
28.8
%

Federal income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was computed using the consolidated effective federal tax rate.  The Company also recognized income tax expense pertaining to state franchise taxes payable individually by the subsidiary bank.  The Company files a consolidated tax return for federal purposes and separate tax returns for the State of Iowa purposes.  The tax years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, remain subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service.  For state tax purposes, the tax years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, remain open for examination.  There were no material unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.  No interest or penalties on these unrecognized tax benefits has been recorded.  As of December 31, 2013, the Company does not anticipate any significant increase or decrease in unrecognized tax benefits during the twelve month period ending December 31, 2014.
HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 11. Regulatory Capital Requirements, Restrictions on Subsidiary Dividends and Cash Restrictions

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal and state banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial results.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory frameworks for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  Capital amounts and classifications of the Company and the Bank are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by the regulations to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the tables that follow) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).  Management believes that, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2013, the most recent notifications from the Federal Reserve System categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table that follows.  There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

The actual amounts and capital ratios as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, with the minimum regulatory requirements for the Company and Bank are presented below (amounts in thousands):

 
 
   
   
   
To Be Well
 
 
 
   
   
For Capital
   
Capitalized Under
 
 
 
   
   
Adequacy
   
Prompt Corrective
 
 
 
Actual
   
Purposes
   
Action Provisions
 
 
 
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Ratio
   
Ratio
 
As of December 31, 2013:
 
   
   
   
 
Company:
 
   
   
   
 
Total risk-based capital
 
$
290,121
     
17.44
%
   
8.00
%
   
10.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital
   
269,272
     
16.19
     
4.00
     
6.00
 
Leverage ratio
   
269,272
     
12.57
     
4.00
     
5.00
 
Bank:
                               
Total risk-based capital
   
288,875
     
17.37
     
8.00
     
10.00
 
Tier 1 risk-based capital
   
268,031
     
16.12
     
4.00
     
6.00
 
Leverage ratio
   
268,031
     
12.51
     
4.00
     
5.00
 

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 11. Regulatory Capital Requirements, Restrictions on Subsidiary Dividends and Cash Restrictions (Continued)

 
 
   
   
   
To Be Well
 
 
 
   
   
For Capital
   
Capitalized Under
 
 
 
   
   
Adequacy
   
Prompt Corrective
 
 
 
Actual
   
Purposes
   
Action Provisions
 
 
 
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Ratio
   
Ratio
 
As of December 31, 2012:
 
   
   
   
 
Company:
 
   
   
   
 
Total risk-based capital
 
$
269,751
     
16.66
%
   
8.00
%
   
10.00
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital
   
249,456
     
15.41
     
4.00
     
6.00
 
Leverage ratio
   
249,456
     
11.90
     
4.00
     
5.00
 
Bank:
                               
Total risk-based capital
   
268,046
     
16.56
     
8.00
     
10.00
 
Tier 1 risk-based capital
   
247,757
     
15.31
     
4.00
     
6.00
 
Leverage ratio
   
247,757
     
11.82
     
4.00
     
5.00
 

The ability of the Company to pay dividends to its stockholders is dependent upon dividends paid by the Bank.  The Bank is subject to certain statutory and regulatory restrictions on the amount it may pay in dividends.  To maintain acceptable capital ratios in the Bank, certain of its retained earnings are not available for the payment of dividends.  To maintain a ratio of capital to assets of 8%, retained earnings of $96.58 million as of December 31, 2013 are available for the payment of dividends to the Company.

The Bank is required to maintain reserve balances in cash or with the Federal Reserve Bank.  Reserve balances totaled $15.27 million and $54.42 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

In July 2013, the Officer of the Comptroller of the Currency and Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System adopted a final rule implementing agreements reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in “Basel III: A Global Regulatory Framework for More Resilient Banks and Banking Systems”(BASEL III).   The final rule also adopts changes to the agencies’ regulatory capital requirements that meet the requirements of section 171 and section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.  The rule implements a revised definition of regulatory capital, a new 4.50% common equity tier 1 minimum capital requirement, a 6.00% tier 1 capital requirement, and a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.00%.   The Company expects to remain categorized as well capitalized under the final rule when it becomes effective on January 1, 2015.

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 12. Related Party Transactions

Certain directors of the Company and the Bank and companies with which the directors are affiliated and certain principal officers are customers of, and have banking transactions with, the Bank in the ordinary course of business.  Such indebtedness has been incurred on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons.

The following is an analysis of the changes in the loans to related parties during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
   
 
Balance, beginning
 
$
23,507
   
$
37,318
 
Net decrease due to change in related parties
   
165
     
(11,654
)
Advances
   
12,200
     
27,326
 
Collections
   
(16,155
)
   
(29,483
)
Balance, ending
 
$
19,717
   
$
23,507
 

Deposits from these related parties totaled $5.73 million and $7.21 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Deposits from related parties are accepted subject to the same interest rates and terms as those from nonrelated parties.

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13. Fair Value Measurements

The carrying value and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
Carrying
Amount
   
Estimated
Fair Value
   
Readily
Available
Market
Prices(1)
   
Observable
Market
Prices(2)
   
Company
Determined
Market
Prices(3)
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
Financial instrument assets:
 
   
   
   
   
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
43,702
   
$
43,702
   
$
43,702
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Investment securities
   
246,089
     
246,089
     
-
     
246,089
     
-
 
Loans held for sale
   
4,927
     
4,927
     
-
     
4,927
     
-
 
Loans
                                       
Agricultural
   
79,286
     
86,137
     
-
     
-
     
86,137
 
Commercial and financial
   
161,369
     
176,385
     
-
     
-
     
176,385
 
Real estate:
                                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
29,298
     
28,364
     
-
     
-
     
28,364
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
67,275
     
65,544
     
-
     
-
     
65,544
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
140,128
     
137,938
     
-
     
-
     
137,938
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
599,586
     
595,054
     
-
     
-
     
595,054
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
104,822
     
104,133
     
-
     
-
     
104,133
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
242,026
     
240,595
     
-
     
-
     
240,595
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
312,464
     
310,558
     
-
     
-
     
310,558
 
Loans to individuals
   
19,554
     
19,710
     
-
     
-
     
19,710
 
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
   
44,798
     
45,184
     
-
     
-
     
45,184
 
Accrued interest receivable
   
7,676
     
7,676
     
-
     
7,676
     
-
 
Total financial instrument assets
 
$
2,103,000
   
$
2,111,996
   
$
43,702
   
$
258,692
   
$
1,809,602
 
Financial instrument liabilities:
                                       
Deposits
                                       
Noninterest-bearing deposits
 
$
256,788
   
$
256,788
   
$
-
   
$
256,788
   
$
-
 
Interest-bearing deposits
   
1,453,089
     
1,461,454
     
-
     
1,461,454
     
-
 
Short-term borrowings
   
42,016
     
42,016
     
-
     
42,016
     
-
 
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
   
125,000
     
132,469
     
-
     
132,469
     
-
 
Accrued interest payable
   
1,102
     
1,102
     
-
     
1,102
     
-
 
Total financial instrument liabilities
 
$
1,877,995
   
$
1,893,829
   
$
-
   
$
1,893,829
   
$
-
 
 
                                       
 
 
Face Amount
                                 
Financial instrument with off-balance sheet risk:
                                       
Loan commitments
 
$
360,945
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Letters of credit
   
11,019
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total financial instrument liabilities with off-balance-sheet risk
 
$
371,964
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 

(1) Considered Level 1 under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”).
(2) Considered Level 2 under ASC 820.
(3) Considered Level 3 under ASC 820 and are based on valuation models that use significant assumptions that are not observable in an active market.
HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

The carrying value and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2012 are as follows:

 
 
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
Carrying
Amount
   
Estimated
Fair Value
   
Readily
Available
Market
Prices(1)
   
Observable
Market
Prices(2)
   
Company
Determined
Market
Prices(3)
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
Financial instrument assets:
 
   
   
   
   
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
63,582
   
$
63,582
   
$
63,582
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Investment securities
   
234,244
     
234,244
     
-
     
234,244
     
-
 
Loans held for sale
   
28,256
     
28,256
     
-
     
28,256
     
-
 
Loans
                                       
Agricultural
   
74,537
     
72,605
     
-
     
-
     
72,605
 
Commercial and financial
   
143,461
     
138,350
     
-
     
-
     
138,350
 
Real estate:
                                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
24,940
     
25,516
     
-
     
-
     
25,516
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
76,770
     
78,827
     
-
     
-
     
78,827
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
112,095
     
116,751
     
-
     
-
     
116,751
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
577,027
     
603,442
     
-
     
-
     
603,442
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
102,730
     
107,049
     
-
     
-
     
107,049
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
212,972
     
223,295
     
-
     
-
     
223,295
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
309,242
     
323,639
     
-
     
-
     
323,639
 
Loans to individuals
   
19,968
     
20,148
     
-
     
-
     
20,148
 
Obligations of state and political subdivisions
   
42,663
     
42,487
     
-
     
-
     
42,487
 
Accrued interest receivable
   
7,851
     
7,851
     
-
     
7,851
     
-
 
Total financial instrument assets
 
$
2,030,338
   
$
2,086,042
   
$
63,582
   
$
270,351
   
$
1,752,109
 
Financial instrument liabilities:
                                       
Deposits
                                       
Noninterest-bearing deposits
 
$
273,973
   
$
273,973
   
$
-
   
$
273,973
   
$
-
 
Interest-bearing deposits
   
1,388,571
     
1,400,509
     
-
     
1,400,509
     
-
 
Short-term borrowings
   
38,783
     
38,783
     
-
     
38,783
     
-
 
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings
   
125,000
     
136,842
     
-
     
136,842
     
-
 
Accrued interest payable
   
1,361
     
1,361
     
-
     
1,361
     
-
 
Total financial instrument liabilities
 
$
1,827,688
   
$
1,851,468
   
$
-
   
$
1,851,468
   
$
-
 
 
                                       
 
 
Face Amount
                                 
Financial instrument with off-balance sheet risk:
                                       
Loan commitments
 
$
344,120
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Letters of credit
   
10,778
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total financial instrument liabilities with off-balance-sheet risk
 
$
354,898
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 

(1) Considered Level 1 under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”).
(2) Considered Level 2 under ASC 820.
(3) Considered Level 3 under ASC 820 and are based on valuation models that use significant assumptions that are not observable in an active market.
HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

Fair value of financial instruments:  FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”) provides a single definition for fair value, a framework for measuring fair value and expanded disclosures concerning fair value.  Fair value is defined under ASC 820 as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

The Company determines the fair market value of its financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established in ASC 820.  There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value as follows:

Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 Observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1.  Observable inputs include the quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability.

Level 3 Unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity for financial instruments.  Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

It is the Company’s policy to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when developing fair value measurements.  Recent market conditions have led to diminished, and in some cases, non-existent trading in certain of the financial asset classes.  The Company is required to use observable inputs, to the extent available, in the fair value estimation process unless that data results from forced liquidations or distressed sales.  Despite the Company’s best efforts to maximize the use of relevant observable inputs, the current market environment has diminished the observability of trades and assumptions that have historically been available.

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value and for estimating fair value for assets or liabilities not recorded at fair value.

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents:  The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and short-term instruments approximate their fair values (Level 1).

Investment securities available for sale:  Investment securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  Fair value measurement is based upon quoted prices, if available.  If a quoted price is not available, the fair value is obtained from benchmarking the security against similar securities.  All of the Company’s securities are considered Level 2.

The pricing for investment securities is obtained from an independent source.  There are no level 1 or level 3 investment securities owned by the Company.  The Company obtains an understanding of the independent source’s valuation methodologies used to determine fair value by level of security. The Company validates assigned fair values on a sample basis using an additional third-party provider pricing service to determine if the fair value measurement is reasonable.  Due to the nature of our investment portfolio, we do not expect significant and unusual fluctuations as fair value changes primarily relate to interest rate changes.   No unusual fluctuations were identified during the year ended December 31, 2013.   If a fluctuation requiring investigation was identified, the Company would research the change with the independent source or other available information.

Loans held for sale:  Loans held for sale are carried at historical cost.  The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the short time between origination of the loan and its sale on the secondary market (Level 2).  The market is active for these loans and as a result prices for similar assets are available.

Loans:  The Company does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis.  For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values (Level 3).  The fair values for other loans are determined using estimated future cash flows, discounted at the interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers with similar credit quality utilizing an entrance price concept (Level 3).  The Company does record nonrecurring fair value adjustments to loans to reflect (1) partial write-downs that are based on the observable market price or appraised value of the collateral or (2) the full charge-off of the loan carrying value (Level 3).  These loans are considered Level 3 as the instruments used to determine fair market value require significant management judgment and estimation.

Foreclosed assets:  The Company does not record foreclosed assets at fair value on a recurring basis.  Foreclosed assets consist mainly of other real estate owned but may include other types of assets repossessed by the Company.  Foreclosed assets are adjusted to the lower of carrying value or fair value less the cost of disposal.   Fair value is generally based upon independent market prices or appraised values of the collateral, and may include a marketability discount as deemed necessary by management based on its experience with similar types of real estate.  The value of foreclosed assets is evaluated periodically as a nonrecurring fair value adjustment.  Foreclosed assets are classified as Level 3.

Off-balance sheet instruments:  Fair values for outstanding letters of credit are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties' credit standing.  The fair value of the outstanding letters of credit is not significant. Unfunded loan commitments are not valued since the loans are generally priced at market at the time of funding (Level 2).

Accrued interest receivable:  The fair value of accrued interest receivable equals the amount receivable due to the current nature of the amounts receivable (Level 2).
HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

ASSETS (Continued)

Non-marketable equity investments:  Non-marketable equity investments are recorded under the cost or equity method of accounting.  There are generally restrictions on the sale and/or liquidation of these investments, including stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank.  The carrying value of stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank approximates fair value (Level 2).

LIABILITIES

Deposit liabilities:  Deposit liabilities are carried at historical cost.  The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and certain money market account deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.  If the fair value of the fixed maturity certificates of deposit is calculated at less than the carrying amount, the carrying value of these deposits is reported as the fair value (Level 2).  Deposit liabilities are classified as Level 2 due to available prices for similar liabilities in the market.

Short-term borrowings:  Short-term borrowings are carried at historical cost and include federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase.  The carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value because of the relatively short time between the origination of the liability and its expected realization (Level 2).  Short-term borrowings are classified as Level 2 due to available prices for similar liabilities in the market.

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings:  Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings are recorded at historical cost.  The fair values of the Company’s Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements (Level 2).  Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings are classified as Level 2 due to available prices for similar liabilities in the market.

Accrued interest payable:  The fair value of accrued interest payable equals the amount payable due to the current nature of the amounts payable (Level 2).

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The table below represents the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 
December 31, 2013
 
 
Readily Available
Market Prices(1)
   
Observable
Market Prices(2)
   
Company
Determined
Market
Prices(3)
   
Total at
Fair Value
 
Securities available for sale
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
State and political subdivisions
 
$
-
   
$
151,366
   
$
-
   
$
151,366
 
Other securities (FHLB, FHLMC and FNMA)
   
-
     
87,144
     
-
     
87,144
 
Total
 
$
-
   
$
238,510
   
$
-
   
$
238,510
 

 
December 31, 2012
 
 
Readily Available
Market Prices(1)
   
Observable
Market Prices(2)
   
Company
Determined
Market
Prices(3)
   
Total at
Fair Value
 
Securities available for sale
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
State and political subdivisions
 
$
-
   
$
134,332
   
$
-
   
$
134,332
 
Other securities (FHLB, FHLMC and FNMA)
   
-
     
91,850
     
-
     
91,850
 
Total
 
$
-
   
$
226,182
   
$
-
   
$
226,182
 

(1) Considered Level 1 under ASC 820.
(2) Considered Level 2 under ASC 820.
(3) Considered Level 3 under ASC 820 and are based on valuation models that use significant assumptions that are not observable in an active market.

There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2 or 3 during the year ended December 31, 2013.
HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

The Company is required to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP.  These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.  The valuation methodologies used to measure these fair value adjustments are described above.  For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in 2013 that were still held on the balance sheet at December 31, 2013, the following table provides the level of valuation assumptions used to determine the adjustment and the carrying value of the related individual assets at year end.

 
 
   
   
   
   
Year Ended
 
 
 
December 31, 2013
   
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
Readily
Available
Market
Prices(1)
   
Observable
Market
Prices(2)
   
Company
Determined
Market
Prices(3)
   
Total at
Fair Value
   
Total
Losses
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
Loans (4)
 
   
   
   
   
 
Agricultural
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
117
   
$
117
   
$
-
 
Commercial and financial
   
-
     
-
     
2,391
     
2,391
     
53
 
Real Estate:
                                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
-
     
-
     
1,270
     
1,270
     
-
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
-
     
-
     
140
     
140
     
-
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
-
     
-
     
270
     
270
     
-
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
-
     
-
     
4,299
     
4,299
     
424
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
-
     
-
     
177
     
177
     
59
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
-
     
-
     
5,876
     
5,876
     
69
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
-
     
-
     
11,682
     
11,682
     
229
 
Loans to individuals
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Foreclosed assets (5)
   
-
     
-
     
427
     
427
     
68
 
Total
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
26,649
   
$
26,649
   
$
902
 

(1) Considered Level 1 under ASC 820.
(2) Considered Level 2 under ASC 820.
(3) Considered Level 3 under ASC 820 and are based on valuation models that use significant assumptions that are not observable in an active market.
(4) Represents carrying value and related write-downs of loans for which adjustments are based on the value of the collateral.  The carrying value of loans fully charged off is zero.
(5) Represents the fair value and related losses of foreclosed real estate and other collateral owned that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets.
HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 13. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis (continued)

 
 
   
   
   
   
Year Ended
 
 
 
December 31, 2012
   
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
Readily
Available
Market
Prices(1)
   
Observable
Market
Prices(2)
   
Company
Determined
Market
Prices(3)
   
Total at
Fair Value
   
Total
Losses
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
Loans (4)
 
   
   
   
   
 
Agricultural
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Commercial and financial
   
-
     
-
     
2,130
     
2,130
     
302
 
Real Estate:
                                       
Construction, 1 to 4 family residential
   
-
     
-
     
714
     
714
     
-
 
Construction, land development and commercial
   
-
     
-
     
2,264
     
2,264
     
1,176
 
Mortgage, farmland
   
-
     
-
     
806
     
806
     
-
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family first liens
   
-
     
-
     
3,155
     
3,155
     
665
 
Mortgage, 1 to 4 family junior liens
   
-
     
-
     
320
     
320
     
82
 
Mortgage, multi-family
   
-
     
-
     
8,117
     
8,117
     
-
 
Mortgage, commercial
   
-
     
-
     
11,879
     
11,879
     
210
 
Loans to individuals
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
12
 
Foreclosed assets (5)
   
-
     
-
     
234
     
234
     
164
 
Total
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
29,619
   
$
29,619
   
$
2,611
 

(1) Considered Level 1 under ASC 820.
(2) Considered Level 2 under ASC 820.
(3) Considered Level 3 under ASC 820 and are based on valuation models that use significant assumptions that are not observable in an active market.
(4) Represents carrying value and related write-downs of loans for which adjustments are based on the value of the collateral.  The carrying value of loans fully charged off is zero.
(5) Represents the fair value and related losses of foreclosed real estate and other collateral owned that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets.

During the year ended December 31, 2012 the Company revised the classification of impaired loans and foreclosed assets from previous filings.  In previous filings, the Company classified impaired loans and foreclosed assets as Level 2 under ASC 820.  The Company revised the classification to Level 3 as the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation due to the inherent subjectivity of the inputs used to determine value.  The resulting change in presentation does not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position.
HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 14. Parent Company Only Financial Information

Following is condensed financial information of the Company (parent company only):

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2013 and 2012
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
ASSETS
 
2013
   
2012
 
 
 
   
 
Cash and cash equivalents at subsidiary bank
 
$
3,018
   
$
3,367
 
Investment in subsidiary bank
   
272,122
     
254,212
 
Other assets
   
1,422
     
1,977
 
Total assets
 
$
276,562
   
$
259,556
 
 
               
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
 
               
Liabilities
 
$
2,191
   
$
2,132
 
Redeemable common stock held by ESOP
   
29,574
     
30,715
 
Stockholders' equity:
               
Capital stock
   
42,194
     
42,241
 
Retained earnings
   
250,370
     
229,625
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
   
1,591
     
3,955
 
Treasury stock at cost
   
(19,784
)
   
(18,397
)
 
   
274,371
     
257,424
 
Less maximum cash obligation related to ESOP shares
   
29,574
     
30,715
 
Total stockholders' equity
   
244,797
     
226,709
 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
 
$
276,562
   
$
259,556
 

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 14. Parent Company Only Financial Information (Continued)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
 
 
   
   
 
Dividends received from subsidiary
 
$
5,213
   
$
6,998
   
$
7,749
 
Other expenses
   
(471
)
   
(452
)
   
(402
)
Income before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed income of subsidiary
   
4,742
     
6,546
     
7,347
 
Income tax benefit
   
141
     
199
     
141
 
 
   
4,883
     
6,745
     
7,488
 
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary
   
21,048
     
20,088
     
19,289
 
Net income
 
$
25,931
   
$
26,833
   
$
26,777
 

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 14. Parent Company Only Financial Information (Continued)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
 
 
2013
   
2012
   
2011
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
   
   
 
Net income
 
$
25,931
   
$
26,833
   
$
26,777
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities:
                       
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary
   
(21,048
)
   
(20,088
)
   
(19,289
)
Share-based compensation
   
28
     
20
     
16
 
Compensation expensed through issuance of common stock
   
467
     
528
     
417
 
Excess tax benefits related to share-based compensation
   
(92
)
   
(92
)
   
(132
)
Forfeiture of common stock
   
(35
)
   
(41
)
   
(54
)
Decrease (increase) in other assets
   
647
     
97
     
(239
)
Increase in other liabilities
   
59
     
396
     
224
 
Net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities
   
5,957
     
7,653
     
7,720
 
 
                       
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Stock options exercised
   
175
     
175
     
256
 
Excess tax benefits related to share-based compensation
   
92
     
92
     
132
 
Issuance of common stock, net of costs
   
-
     
-
     
25,825
 
Contribution of capital to subsidiary
   
-
     
-
     
(23,303
)
Purchase of treasury stock
   
(1,387
)
   
(2,438
)
   
(4,105
)
Dividends paid
   
(5,186
)
   
(4,998
)
   
(4,399
)
Net cash and cash equivalents used by financing activities
   
(6,306
)
   
(7,169
)
   
(5,594
)
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
   
(349
)
   
484
     
2,126
 
Cash and cash equivalents:
                       
Beginning of year
   
3,367
     
2,883
     
757
 
Ending of year
 
$
3,018
   
$
3,367
   
$
2,883
 

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 15. Commitments and Contingencies

Concentrations of credit risk:  The Bank’s loans, commitments to extend credit, unused lines of credit and outstanding letters of credit have been granted to customers within the Bank's market area.  Investments in securities issued by state and political subdivisions within the state of Iowa totaled approximately $73.87 million.  The concentrations of credit by type of loan are set forth in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.  Outstanding letters of credit were granted primarily to commercial borrowers.  Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of its debtors' ability to honor their contracts is dependent upon the economic conditions in Johnson, Linn and Washington Counties, Iowa.

Contingencies:  In the normal course of business, the Company and Bank are involved in various legal proceedings.  In the opinion of management, any liability resulting from such proceedings would not have a material adverse effect on the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk:  The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, credit card participations and standby letters of credit.  These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, credit card participations and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.  The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.  A summary of the Bank’s commitments at December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

 
 
2013
   
2012
 
 
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
Firm loan commitments and unused portion of lines of credit:
 
   
 
Home equity loans
 
$
38,243
   
$
36,030
 
Credit cards
   
44,326
     
44,554
 
Commercial, real estate and home construction
   
106,241
     
96,326
 
Commercial lines and real estate purchase loans
   
172,135
     
167,210
 
Outstanding letters of credit
   
11,019
     
10,778
 

HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 15. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The Bank evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation of the party.  Collateral held varies, but may include accounts receivable, crops, livestock, inventory, property and equipment, residential real estate and income-producing commercial properties.  Credit card participations are the unused portion of the holders' credit limits.  Such amounts represent the maximum amount of additional unsecured borrowings.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements and, generally, have terms of one year, or less.  The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers.  The Bank holds collateral, which may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, equipment, and income-producing properties, supporting those commitments if deemed necessary.  In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, the Bank would be required to fund the commitment.  The maximum potential amount of future payments the Bank could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount shown in the summary above.  If the commitment is funded the Bank would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, no amounts have been recorded as liabilities for the Bank’s potential obligations under these guarantees.

Lease commitments: The Company leases certain facilities under operating leases.  The minimum future rental commitments as of December 31, 2013 for all non-cancelable leases relating to Bank premises were as follows:

Year ending December 31:
 
(Amounts In Thousands)
 
2014
 
$
437
 
2015
   
437
 
2016
   
437
 
2017
   
313
 
2018
   
283
 
Thereafter
   
76
 
 
 
$
1,983
 

Rent expense was $0.33 million, $0.31 million and $0.33 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
HILLS BANCORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 16. Quarterly Results of Operations (unaudited, amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
 
Quarter Ended
 
 
 
March
   
June
   
September
   
December
   
Year
 
2013
 
   
   
   
   
 
Interest income
 
$
21,139
   
$
21,131
   
$
21,241
   
$
21,384
   
$
84,895
 
Interest expense
   
4,360
     
4,277
     
4,134
   
$
4,077
     
16,848
 
Net interest income
 
$
16,779
   
$
16,854
   
$
17,107
   
$
17,307
   
$
68,047
 
Provision for loan losses
   
(171
)
   
(250
)
   
112
     
1,440
     
1,131
 
Other income
   
4,883
     
5,095
     
4,745
     
4,482
     
19,205
 
Other expense
   
12,033
     
12,422
     
12,411
     
12,412
     
49,278
 
Income before income taxes
 
$
9,800
   
$
9,777
   
$
9,329
   
$
7,937
     
36,843
 
Income taxes
   
2,990
     
2,863
     
2,705
     
2,354
     
10,912
 
Net income
 
$
6,810
   
$
6,914
   
$
6,624
   
$
5,583
   
$
25,931
 
 
                                       
Basic earnings per share
 
$
1.44
   
$
1.47
   
$
1.41
   
$
1.19
   
$
5.51
 
Diluted earnings per share
   
1.44
     
1.47
     
1.40
     
1.19
     
5.50
 
 
                                       
2012
                                       
Interest income
 
$
22,807
   
$
22,397
   
$
22,256
   
$
21,755
   
$
89,215
 
Interest expense
   
5,598
     
5,574
     
5,440
   
$
4,915
     
21,527
 
Net interest income
 
$
17,209
   
$
16,823
   
$
16,816
   
$
16,840
   
$
67,688
 
Provision for loan losses
   
(560
)
   
(1,732
)
   
(608
)
   
51
     
(2,849
)
Other income
   
5,013
     
5,180
     
5,321
     
5,255
     
20,769
 
Other expense
   
11,627
     
12,132
     
15,272
     
14,900
     
53,931
 
Income before income taxes
 
$
11,155
   
$
11,603
   
$
7,473
   
$
7,144
     
37,375
 
Income taxes
   
3,255
     
3,533
     
1,971
     
1,783
     
10,542
 
Net income
 
$
7,900
   
$
8,070
   
$
5,502
   
$
5,361
   
$
26,833
 
 
                                       
Basic earnings per share
 
$
1.66
   
$
1.70
   
$
1.16
   
$
1.17
   
$
5.69
 
Diluted earnings per share
   
1.66
     
1.69
     
1.16
     
1.17
     
5.68
 

Note 17. Derivative Financial Instruments

In the normal course of business, the Bank may use derivative financial instruments to manage its interest rate risk.  These instruments carry varying degrees of credit, interest rate and market or liquidity risks.  Derivative instruments are recognized as either assets or liabilities in the accompanying financial statement and are measured at fair value.  The Bank’s objectives are to add stability to its net interest margin and to manage its exposure to movements in interest rates.  The contract or notional amount of a derivative is used to determine, along with the other terms of the derivative, the amount to be exchanged between the counterparties.  The Bank is exposed to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties to financial instruments.  The Bank minimizes this risk by entering into derivative contracts with large, stable financial institutions.  The Bank has not experienced any losses from nonperformance by counterparties.  The Bank monitors counterparty risk in accordance with the provisions of ASC 815.  In addition, the Bank’s interest rate-related derivative instruments contain language outline collateral pledging requirements for each counterparty.  Collateral must be posted when the market value exceeds certain threshold limits which are determined by credit ratings of each counterparty.  The Bank was not required to pledge any collateral as of December 31, 2013.

Cash Flow Hedges:

The Bank executed two forward-starting interest rate swap transactions on November 7, 2013.  One of the interest rate swap transactions has an effective date of November 9, 2015, and an expiration date of November 9, 2020, to effectively convert $25.00 million of variable rate debt to fixed rate debt.  The other interest rate swap transaction has an effective date of November 7, 2016 and an expiration date of November 7, 2023, also to effectively convert $25.00 million of variable rate debt to fixed rate debt.  For accounting purposes, these swap transactions are designated as a cash flow hedge of the changes in cash flows attributable to changes in three-month LIBOR, the benchmark interest rate being hedged, associated with the interest payments made on an amount of the Bank’s debt principal equal to the then-outstanding swap notional amount.  At inception, the Bank asserted that the underlying principal balance would remain outstanding throughout the hedge transaction making it probable that sufficient LIBOR-based interest payments would exist through the maturity date of the swaps.

The table below identifies the balance sheet category and fair values of the Bank’s derivative instruments designated as cash flow edges as of December 31, 2013:
 
 
 
Notional
Amount
   
Fair Value
 
Balance
Sheet
Category
Maturity
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
December 31, 2013
 
   
 
 
    
Interest rate swap
 
$
25,000
   
$
357
 
Other Assets
11/9/2020
Interest rate swap
   
25,000
     
412
 
Other Assets
11/7/2023
 
The table below identifies the gains and losses recognized on the Bank’s derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges for the year ended December 31, 2013:

 
 
Effective Portion
 
Ineffective Portion
 
 
 
Recognized in OCI
 
Reclassifed from AOCI into Income
 
Recognized in Income on Derivatives
 
 
 
Amount of Gain (Loss)
 
Category
 
Amount of Gain (Loss)
 
Category
 
Amount of Gain (Loss)
 
 
 
(Amounts in Thousands)
 
December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swap
 
$
220
 
Interest Expense
 
$
-
 
Other Income
 
$
-
 
Interest rate swap
   
255
 
Interest Expense
   
-
 
Other Income
   
-
 

PART II

Item 9. Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).  Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the most recently completed fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934).  Internal control over financial reporting of the Company includes those policies and procedures that: (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  Important features of the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting include the adoption and implementation of written policies and procedures, careful selection and training of financial management personnel, a continuing management commitment to the integrity of the system and through examinations by an internal audit function that coordinates its activities with the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention of overriding controls.  Accordingly, even effective internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.  Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control may vary over time.

The Company’s management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013.  Management’s assessment is based on the criteria described in “Internal Control – Integrated Framework” issued in 1992 by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Based on this assessment, the Company’s management concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, that audited the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report, has issued a report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013.  Reference is made to the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm included in this Annual Report.

Item 9B. Other Information

  Not applicable
PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by Item 10 of Part III is presented under the items entitled “Certain Information Regarding Directors and Executive Officers” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement dated March 21, 2014 for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders on April 21, 2014.  Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

The Company has a Code of Ethics in place for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.  A copy of the Company’s Code of Ethics will be provided free of charge, upon written request to:

Shari DeMaris
Treasurer
Hills Bancorporation
131 Main Street
Hills, Iowa  52235

The executive officers of the Company and the Bank, along with their respective ages and positions held, are identified in the table below.

 
Name
 
 
Age
 
Position
Company
 
 
Dwight O. Seegmiller
61
Mr. Seegmiller, who joined the Company in 1975, has served as its President since 1986.   Prior to 1986, Mr. Seegmiller was the Senior Vice President of Lending.
 
 
 
Shari J. DeMaris
44
Ms. DeMaris has held the position of Secretary, Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer since 2012.
 
 
 
Bank
 
 
Timothy D. Finer
52
Mr. Finer has held the position of Senior Vice President, Director of Real Estate Lending since 2005.
 
 
 
Marty J. Maiers
56
Mr. Maiers has held the position of Senior Vice President, Director of Retail Banking since 2008.
 
 
 
Steven R. Ropp
53
Mr. Ropp has held the position of Senior Vice President, Director of Commercial Banking since 2008.
 
 
 
Bradford C. Zuber
57
Mr. Zuber has held the position of Senior Vice President, Director of Trust Services since 1987.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by Item 11 of Part III is presented under the items entitled  “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Summary of Cash and Certain Other Compensation Paid to the Named Executive Officers,” “Compensation and Incentive Stock Committee Interlocks and Certain other Transactions with Executive Officers and Directors,” and “Compensation and Incentive Stock Committee Report”  in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement dated March 21, 2014 for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders on April 21, 2014. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

PART III (Continued)

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by Item 12 of Part III is presented under the item entitled “Security Ownership of Principal Stockholders and Management” and “Report on Executive Compensation,” in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement dated March 21, 2014 for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders on April 21, 2014.  Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s equity compensation plan as of December 31, 2013, all of which relates to stock options issued under stock option plans approved by stockholders of the Company.

 
 Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
Number of securities
remaining available for future
issuance under equity
compensation plans
[excluding securities
relected in column (a)]
Plan Category
 (a)
(b)
(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
12,630
$                            53.95
73,127
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
-
-
-
Total
12,630
$                            53.95
73,127
 
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by Item 13 of Part III is presented under the items entitled “Corporate Governance and the Boards of Directors,” and “Compensation and Incentive Stock Committee Interlocks and Certain other Transactions with Executive Officers and Directors” in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement dated March 21, 2014 for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders on April 21, 2014. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information required by this item is contained in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement dated March 21, 2014 for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on April 21, 2014, under the heading “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Audit and Other Fees,” which section is incorporated herein by this reference.
PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules

 
 
 
 
Form 10-K
(a)
1.
 
Financial Statements
Reference
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent registered public accounting firm's report on the financial statements
57-60
 
 
 
Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012
61
 
 
 
Consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011
62
 
 
 
Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
63
 
 
 
Consolidated statements of stockholders' equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
64
 
 
 
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013,2012 and 2011
65
 
 
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements
67
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.
 
Financial Statements Schedules
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
 
 
 
 
 
 
(b)
3.
 
Exhibits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.1
 
Articles of Incorporation filed as Exhibit 3.1 of Form S-3 restated on May 12, 2011 are incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.2
 
By-Laws filed as Exhibit 3 .2 of Form, S-3 restated on May 12, 2011 are incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.1
 
Employee Stock Ownership Plan filed as Exhibit 10(a) in Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1993 is incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.2
 
1995 Deferred Compensation Plans filed as Exhibit 10(c) in Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 is incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.3
 
2010 Stock Option and Incentive Plan filed on Form S-8 dated June 29, 2012 is incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.4
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan filed on Form S-8 dated June 29, 2012 is incorporated by reference.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11
 
Statement Regarding Computation of Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share. (Note:  Statement included in Note 1 under Item 8 of Part II above)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21
 
Subsidiary of the Registrant is Attached on Page 124.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23.1
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm is Attached on Page 125. BKD LLP
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23.2
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm is Attached on Page 126. KPMG LLP
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31
 
Certifications under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 on Pages 127-128.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32
 
Certifications under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 on Page 129.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101
**
The following material from Hills Bancorporation Form 10-K Report for the year ended December 31, 2013, formatted in XBRL: (1) Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, (2) Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, (3) Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (4) Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (5) Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (6) the Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
**  Users of this data are advised that, pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these intereactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Section 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and are otherwise not subject to liability under these sections.
 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 
HILLS BANCORPORATION
 
 
Date: March 11, 2014
By: /s/Dwight O. Seegmiller
 
Dwight O. Seegmiller, Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
Date: March 11, 2014
By: /s/Shari DeMaris
 
Shari DeMaris, Secretary, Treasurer and Chief Accounting Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
 
DIRECTORS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
 
 
 
Date: March 11, 2014
By: /s/Michael S. Donovan
 
 
Michael S. Donovan, Director
 
 
 
 
Date: March 11, 2014
By: /s/Thomas J. Gill
 
 
Thomas J. Gill, Director
 
 
 
 
Date: March 11, 2014
By: /s/Michael E. Hodge
 
 
Michael E. Hodge, Director
 
 
 
 
Date: March 11, 2014
By: /s/Emily A. Hughes
 
 
Emily A. Hughes, Director
 
 
 
 
Date: March 11, 2014
By: /s/James A. Nowak
 
 
James A. Nowak, Director
 
 
 
 
Date: March 11, 2014
By: /s/Theodore H. Pacha
 
 
Theodore H. Pacha, Director
 
 
 
 
Date: March 11, 2014
By: /s/John W. Phelan
 
 
John W. Phelan, Director
 
 
 
 
Date: March 11, 2014
By: /s/Ann M. Rhodes
 
 
Ann M. Rhodes, Director
 
 
 
 
Date: March 11, 2014
By: /s/Thomas R. Wiele
 
 
Thomas R. Wiele, Director
 
 
 
 
Date: March 11, 2014
By: /s/Sheldon E. Yoder
 
 
Sheldon E. Yoder, Director
 

HILLS BANCORPORATION
ANNUAL REPORT OF FORM 10-K FOR THE
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

 
 
Page Number
 
 
In The Sequential
Exhibit
 
Numbering System
Number
Description
For 2013 Form 10-K
 
 
 
11
Statement Re Computation of Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share
 
 
(Note:  Statement included in Note 1 under Item 8 of Part II above)
 
 
 
 
Subsidiary of the Registrant
124
 
 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, BKD LLP
125
 
 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, KPMG LLP
126
 
 
 
Certifications under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
127
 
 
 
Certifications under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
128
 
 
 
Certifications under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
129
 
 
Page 123